Apr 23, 2024  
College Catalog 2021-2022 
    
College Catalog 2021-2022 [ARCHIVED CATALOG]

Course Descriptions/Official Course Syllabi


  

 

Automotive Technology

  
  • AUTO 1130 - Automotive Steering & Suspension

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly AUTO 1110 and AUTO 1120)

    This course will cover automotive steering, suspension and alignments as well as diagnosis and service procedures.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform an inspection and service of steering system components.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure for testing tie rods.
    2. Describe the function of the components that make-up a steering system.
    3. Demonstrate the proper use of tools used to service steering systems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform an inspection and service of the suspension system.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the proper procedure for testing ball joints.
    2. Describe the function of the components that make-up the suspension systems.
    3. Demonstrate the proper use of tools to service suspension systems.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a four wheel alignment.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate a camber adjustment.
    2. Demonstrate a caster adjustment.
    3. Demonstrate a toe adjustment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    AUTO 1130 SUSPENSION AND ALIGNMENT 4 CR 5 CONTACT HOURS

    1. SUSPENSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS AND OPERATION
      1. FRAME CONSTRUCTION
        1. LADDER FRAME
        2. PERIMETER FRAME
        3. STUB-TYPE FRAMES
        4. UNI-BODY CONSTRUCTION
        5. SPACE FRAME CONSTRUCTION
      2. SPRING TYPES
      3. TORSION BARS
      4. CONTROL ARMS
      5. BALL JOINTS
      6. STRUT RODS
      7. STABILIZER BARS
      8. SHOCK ABSORBER
      9. STRUTS
    2. FRONT SUSPENSION AND SERVICE
      1. FRONT SUSPENSION TYPES
        1. SOLID AXLE
        2. SHORT/LONG ARM SUSPENSION
        3. STRUT SUSPENSION
      2. TESTING
        1. ROAD TEST
        2. DRY PARK TEST
        3. VISUAL INSPECTION
      3. DIAGNOSIS AND INSPECT FRONT SUSPENSION
        1. BALL JOINT INSPECTION
        2. SHOCK ABSORBER AND STRUT INSPECTION
        3. STABILIZER BAR LINKS AND BUSHING INSPECTION
        4. COIL SPRING DIAGNOSIS
        5. CONTROL ARM INSPECTION
      4. FRONT SUSPENSION COMPONENT REPLACEMENT
        1. BALL JOINTS
        2. SHOCK ABSO RBER AND STRUTS
        3. STABILIZER BAR AND LINKS
        4. FRONT COIL SPRING REPLACEMENT
        5. CONTROL ARM AND BUSHING REPLACEMENT
    3. REAR SUSPENSION AND SERVICE
      1. LEAF SPRING REAR SUSPENSIONS
      2. TRAINING ARM REAR SUSPENSION
      3. INDEPENDENT REAR SUSPENSION
      4. REAR COIL SPRING REPLACEMENT
      5. REAR LEAF SPRING REPLACEMENT
    4. ELECTRONIC SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
      1. ELECTRONIC SENSORS
        1. HEIGHT
        2. STEERING WHEEL POSITION SENSOR
        3. VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
        4. PRESSURE SENSOR
        5. LATERAL ACCELEROMETER SENSOR
        6. YAW RATE SENSOR
    5. TYPES OF ELECTRONIC SUSPENSION
      1. SELECTABLE RIDE
      2. AUTOMATIC LEVEL CONTROL
      3. AIR SUSPENSION
      4. REAL TIME DAMPENING
    6. STEERING LINKAGE AND SERVICE
      1. STEERING LINKAGE COMPONENTS
        1. RELAY ROD AND REPLACEMENTS
        2. TIE RODS AND REPLACEMENTS
        3. PITMAN ARM AND REPLACEMENTS
        4. DRAG LINK
        5. RACK AND PINION INNER TIE RODS AND REPLACEMENTS
    7. POWER ASSISTED STEERING
      1. POWER STEERING FUNDAMENTALS
        1. FORCE, AREA, PRESSURE
        2. PASCALS LAW
      2. POWER STEERING PUMPS
        1. PRESSURE
        2. VOLUME (FLOW RATE)
        3. INTEGRAL POWER STEERING
        4. VARIABLE EFFORT POWER STEERING
        5. ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
    8. ALIGNMENT PRINCIPLES
      1. ALIGNMENT RELATED PROBLEMS
        1. PULL
        2. LEAD OR DRIFT
        3. ROAD CROWN
        4. WANDER
        5. SLOW RETURN TO CENTER
        6. SHIMMY
      2. ALIGNMENT ANGLES
        1. CAMBER
        2. CASTER
        3. TOE
        4. STEERING AXIS INCLINATION
        5. INCLUDED ANGLE
        6. SCRUB RADIUS
        7. TOE-OUT ON TURNS
        8. SETBACK
        9. THRUST ANGLE
      3. USE OF ALIGNMENT MACHINE
        1. MOUNTING HEADS
        2. COMPENSATING
      4. ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE
        1. ADJUSTING FRONT CAMBER
        2. ADJUSTING FRONT CASTER
        3. ADJUSTING FRONT TOE
        4. ADJUSTING REAR CAMBER

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1200 - Automotive Engines

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Provides the student with practical experience diagnosing, repairing and rebuilding engines (engines will be provided for class use). The students will use engines, parts, precision measuring tools, and other tools related to engine service.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service and repair automotive engines.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Verify engine complaints.
    2. Disassemble, Clean and inspect engine components
    3. Evaluate abnormal engine noise
    4. Remove, properly install engine timing components such as timing belts, chains and gears.
    5. Remove, replace, and inspect pistons.
    6. Remove and install engine bearings and crankshafts 

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Engine operation
      1. Symptoms, indications of wear
      2. Engine classifications - four-stroke theory
      3. Valve arrangement strategy
      4. Combustion chamber design - engine respiration
      5. Methods of identification
    2. Wear indication study
      1. Testing procedures
      2. Specification comparisons
      3. Driving symptoms
      4. Environmental concern
    3. Repair technology
      1. Metal distortion, crack discovery
      2. Processes used to uncover faults
      3. Sealing and gasket technology
    4. Methods of measuring
      1. Precision tools
      2. Gauge blocks
      3. Indicators
      4. Use of equipment
      5. Safety process
    5. Engine service
      1. Cleaning procedures
      2. Environmental concern
      3. Engine disassembly
      4. Engine service
      5. Component service
    6. Specific component service
      1. Cylinder head remove, inspect and replace
      2. Piston and ring remove and replace
      3. Timing system remove and replace
      4. Crankshaft and bearing service
    7. Lab experience
      1. Hands-on activities on engines
      2. Repetitive task list performance

    Primary Faculty
    Roland, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1270 - Small Engine Service/Repair

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course will focus on servicing and repairing of two and four cycle engines. The class will service and repair mechanical, ignition, electrical, fuel, cooling, and starting systems. Disassembly, inspection for wear, assembly, and proper serviceability techniques using appropriate materials and proper check procedures for service/repair are stressed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will service and repair a small engine.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate the ability to identify types of four-stroke and two stroke cycle engines.
    2. Demonstrate the understanding and use of parts identification media.
    3. Identify small engine parts and components.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Two and Four Stroke Cycle Engines
      1. Two Stroke Engines
        1. Compression
        2. Power
      2. Four Stroke Engines
        1. Intake
        2. Compression
        3. Power
        4. Exhaust
      3. Parts Identification
        1. Parts Manual
        2. Electronic Media
        3. Microfiche
    2. Seasonal/Routine Service
      1. Inspection
        1. Exterior and Cooling Fins
        2. Foam Type Air Cleaner
        3. Dry Element Air Cleaner
        4. Engine Oil
        5. Crankcase Oil Filter
        6. Crankcase Breather
        7. Exhaust Ports and Muffler of Two Stroke Engine
        8. Small Engine Controls
      2. Removal, Service, and Installation Procedures
      3. Storage
    3. Fuel Systems
      1. System Components
        1. Fuel Tank and Fuel Lines
        2. Fuel Filter
        3. Carburetor
          1. Pulsation Type
          2. Float Type
          3. Diaphragm Type
        4. Fuel Pump
        5. Injection System
        6. Fuel Controls
          1. Governor Systems
          2. Throttle Controls
      2. Examine and Diagnosis
      3. Adjustments, Repair, and Replacement Procedures
      4. Disassemble and Assemble Procedures
    4. Ignition Systems
      1. Types
        1. Magneto
        2. Battery
        3. Solid State
      2. Spark Plugs
        1. Two Stroke Cycle
        2. Four Stroke Cycle
      3. Service and Installation Procedures
    5. Charging and Starting Systems
      1. Charging System
        1. Battery
      2. Starting Systems
        1. Direct-Current Starter System
        2. Combination Starter-Generator System
        3. Alternator System
        4. Manual Recoil System
      3. Examine and Diagnosis
      4. Adjustments, Repair, and Replacement Procedures
      5. Disassemble and Assemble Procedures
    6. Small Engine Overhaul
      1. Components
        1. Valves
          1. Two Stroke Engines
          2. Four Stroke Engines
        2. Piston, Ring, and Rod Assemblies
        3. Cylinders
        4. Crankshaft
        5. Camshaft
        6. Block
      2. Examine and Diagnosis
      3. Adjustments, Repair, and Replacement Procedures
      4. Disassemble and Assemble Procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Roland, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1330 - Automotive Manual Transmission & Powertrain Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000 

    Designed to give the student a thorough understanding of the principle of torque multiplication and speed reduction through the use of gearing. The power developed in the engine is traced through the power train components. The class will service and repair clutches, transmissions, differentials, drive shafts, axles and transaxles.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to show the power flow through a manual transmission.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Given a manual transmission, identify the components that are part of the power flow for all forward gears and reverse.
    2. Given a manual transmission, determine the gear ratios for all forward and reverse gear ranges.
    3. Given a manual transmission, show the power flow for all forward and reverse gear ranges.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose and service a manual transmission clutch assembly.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify and explain the function of the major components of a clutch assembly.
    2. Given a vehicle with a faulty clutch assembly, properly diagnose the condition.
    3. Given the necessary components, replace and properly adjust a clutch assembly.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose and service a rear axle assembly.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Identify the major components and explain the differential operation.
    2. Given the necessary tools and components, properly set up a rear axle to include pinion preload, carrier preload, backlash, and tooth contact.
    3. Given a faulty rear axle, properly diagnose the condition and list the necessary repairs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Types of powertrains
      1. FWD (front wheel drive)
      2. RWD (rear wheel drive)
      3. 4WD (four wheel drive)
      4. AWD (all wheel drive)
    2. Components
      1. Clutch assemblies
      2. Manual transmission - 3, 4, 5 speed
      3. Manual transaxles - 3, 4, 5 speed
      4. Differentials
      5. Transfer cases
      6. Drive axles, shafts, universal joints
    3. Power flow and theory of operation
      1. Clutch
      2. Transmission - 3, 4, 5 speed
      3. Transaxles - 3, 4, 5 speed
      4. Differentials
      5. Transfer cases - manual, electrical
    4. Disassembly and reassembly
      1. Component identification
      2. Component inspection
      3. Power flow study
      4. Adjustments

    Primary Faculty
    Rossow, Matthew
    Secondary Faculty
    Claus, Daniel
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1420 - Automotive Air Conditioning Theory & Service

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000  and AUTO 1040 

    This course covers the theory of automotive heating, ventilation, air conditioning (HVAC) and its operation to maintain passenger comfort. Students will gain experience in the utilization of equipment necessary for on-car recovery, evacuation and recharging of automotive air conditioning systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to visually inspect and identify A/C components.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Differentiate between high and low side.
    2. Determine the location of service ports.
    3. Identify the separation between high and low sides.
    4. Identify components and differentiate between TXV and CCOT systems

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to illustrate the properties of A/C refrigerant.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Restate the law of heat transfer and purpose within A/C system.
    2. Express proficiency in safety procedures and Personal Protection Equipment.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recharge and A/C system.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Employ correct recovery, evacuation and recharging techniques.
    2. Identify suitable storage and recovery containers.
    3. Illustrate proficiency in gauge reading and diagnosis.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to check for leaks in R-12 and R-134A systems.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Determine the correct leak detection equipment.
    2. Isolate leak and perform correct repair techniques.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to A/C fundamentals
      1. Nomenclature
      2. Safety procedures
      3. Physics of heating and cooling
    2. Pressure, temperature relationships
      1. Systematic understanding of A/C cycle
      2. High side - low side
      3. Environmental impact of R-12 and R-134A
    3. Lab experiences on actual or non-working systems and components
      1. Demonstrations
      2. Diagnosis
      3. Leak testing
      4. Manifold pressure gauge hook up
      5. Seal and bearing service
      6. Physically identify location of components for both TXV and CCOT systems
    4. Servicing procedures
      1. Evacuation/charging
      2. Leak testing
      3. Pressure readings
    5. Air conditioning electrical/vacuum controls
      1. Instrument cluster control
      2. Schematic diagrams
      3. Diagnostics
    6. System performance lab experience
      1. System performance
      2. Repair procedures

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 1550 - Diesel Engine Theory & Fuel Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000  and AUTO 1040 

    (replaces but does not equate to AUTO 2914)

    This course focuses on the principles of diesel operation and fuel systems as they relate to modern passenger vehicles and light duty truck applications. Topics include diesel and gasoline fuel properties, electronic fuel injection, filtration, primary and secondary fuel distribution, and emissions and driveability.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to verify and repair driveability complaints.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate the proficient use of scan tools and the ability to follow a diagnostic flowchart to isolate driveability complaints with 80% accuracy.
    2. Operate diagnostic test equipment that will aid in the identification and repair of the complaint.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to isolate specific mechanical concerns such as oil, coolant, and fuel leaks.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Employ specific techniques to identify the root cause of mechanical failure.
    2. Demonstrate the proper use of critical fluid leak detection equipment with 100% accuracy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to differentiate between normal and abnormal diesel engine noises including knocks, ticks, and rattles.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use the correct diagnostic strategy and tools to isolate engine noise with 80% accuracy.
    2. Given a running diesel engine, isolate specific cylinders that are producing abnormal noises with 80% accuracy.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will understand diesel engine theory and the major differences from other typical internal combustion engines.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Given a diesel engine, identify internal and external differences between diesel and gasoline engines.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of diesel engine theory and operation.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify specific diagnostic test equipment used for diagnosing fuel systems.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use injector test equipment to diagnose fuel injectors accurately with 80% accuracy.
    2. Demonstrate the correct diagnostic strategy to isolate concerns related to high and low pressure diesel fuel systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Diesel Engine Operation
      1. Physics of diesel engines
      2. Four stroke and two stroke cycles
      3. Combustion chamber designs
      4. Methods of identification
    2. Turbochargers and Superchargers
      1. Induction principles
      2. Natural aspiration vs. forced induction
    3. Nomenclature
      1. Components parts
      2. Subassemblies
        1. Engine parts
        2. External fuel systems
        3. Electrical systems
    4. Systems
      1. Electrical
        1. Glow Plugs
        2. Series/parallel battery hook-ups
        3. Charging systems
        4. Starting systems
      2. Fuel Systems
        1. Pumps/transfer
        2. High pressure pumps
        3. Injectors
        4. Delivery and return process
        5. Electronic fuel injection
    5. Servicing
      1. Electrical system service
        1. Glow plugs
        2. Starting system
        3. Charging system
      2. Fuel system service
        1. Delivery/return
        2. Low pressure lift/siphon pumps
        3. High pressure pumps
        4. Injector/nozzles
      3. Diagnostics
        1. Exhaust emissions and related diagnostics
        2. Engine driveability and diagnostic codes
        3. Diagnostic tools
      4. Light duty and passenger diesels
        1. Construction
        2. Servicing techniques
        3. Light duty fuel and electrical injection syst

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2000 - Connected, Automated, & Intelligent Vehicles

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites:  ELEC 1211

    This course introduces students to the various technologies and systems that will enable automating various driving functions, connecting the automobile to sources of information that assist with this task, and allowing the automobile to make autonomous intelligent decisions concerning future actions of the vehicle that potentially impact the safety of the occupants.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Student will be able to explain the benefits of computer controlled electro-mechanical systems on vehicles

    Objectives:

    1. Identify which automotive systems have been replaced by electronic control systems
    2. Apply the fundamental theory of operation of electronic control systems
    3. Apply the basics of how automotive electronic control units (ECUs) function in conjunction with the vehicle data bus networks and sensors
    4. Identify the various types of advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS)
    5. Apply and their application to collision avoidance and autonomous vehicles
    6. Identify the advantages of fully automated vehicles with regard to impaired driver technology

    Outcome 2: Student will be able to explain the six different levels of automation

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze modern display/cluster technology in semi-automated vehicles
    2. Compare the responsibility for the vehicle action: human driver versus the cyber-physical control systems
    3. Analyze differences in the human-machine interface in semi-automated vehicles

    Outcome 3: Student will compare the types of sensor technology needed to implement remote sensing of objects

    Objectives:

    1. Analyze the operation of radar systems and data
    2. Analyze the operation of camera systems and data
    3. Analyze the operation of Lidar systems
    4. Analyze the operation of utltra-sonic sensors
    5. Identify the strengths and weaknesses of each of the above systems

    Outcome 4: Student will be able to explain the concept of a connected vehicle

    Objectives:

    1. Apply the  basic concepts of wireless communications and wireless data networks
    2. Interpret the role of various organizations in the development and evolution of vehicle to vehicle and vehicle to infrastructure standards
    3. Give real-world examples of data networking and its roll in advanced driver assistance systems (ADAS) and future autonomous vehicles
    4. Identify protocols, and IP addressing, and on-board vehicle networks

    Outcome 5: Student will analyze the concept and advantages of sensor data fusion

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the reasons for redundancy in sensors
    2. Interpret the importance of signal to noise ratio
    3. Use sensor inputs to control system response
    4. Analyze new skill sets needed by technicians to work on intelligent vehicles

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction to Automated, Connected, and Intelligent Vehicles   
      1. Introduction to the Concept of Automotive Electronics;  Automotive Electronics Overview, History & Evolution; Infotainment, Body, Chassis, and Powertrain Electronics;  Advanced Driver Assistance Electronic Systems
    2. Connected and Autonomous Vehicle Technology  
      1. Basic Control System Theory applied to Automobiles; Overview of the Operation of ECUs; Basic Cyber-Physical Systems,   Theory and Autonomous Vehicles; Role of Surroundings Sensing Systems and Autonomy; Role of Wireless Data Networks and Autonomy
    3. Sensor Technology for Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
      1. Basics of Radar Technology and Systems; Ultrasonic Sonar Systems; Lidar Sensor Technology and Systems; Camera Technology; Night Vision Technology; Other Sensors,;Use of Sensor Data Fusion; Integration of Sensor Data to On-Board Control Systems
    4. Overview of Wireless Technology
      1. Wireless System Block Diagram and Overview of Components; Transmission Systems - Modulation/Encoding; Receiver System Concepts - Demodulation/Decoding; Signal Propagation Physics; Basic Transmission Line and Antenna Theory
    5. Wireless System Standards and Standards Organizations
      1. Role of Standards; Standards Organizations; Present Standards for Autonomous Applications
    6. Wireless Networking and Applications to Vehicle Autonomy
      1. Basics of Computer Networking - the Internet of Things; Wireless Networking Fundamentals; Integration of Wireless Networking and On-Board Vehicle Networks; Review of On-Board Networks - Use & Function
    7. Connected Car Technology
      1. Connectivity Fundamentals; Navigation and Other Applications; Vehicle-to-Vehicle Technology and Applications; Vehicle-to-Roadside and Vehicle-to-Infrastructure Applications; Wireless Security Overview
    8. Advanced Driver Assistance System Technology
      1. Basics of Theory of Operation; Applications - Legacy; Applications - New, Applications - Future; Integration of ADAS Technology into Vehicle Electronics; System Examples; Role of Sensor Data Fusion
    9. Connected Car Display Technology
      1. Center Console Technology; Gauge Cluster Technology; Heads-Up Display Technology; Warning Technology - Driver Notification
    10. Impaired Driver Technology
      1. Driver Impairment Sensor Technology; Sensor Technology for Driver Impairment Detection; Transfer of Control Technology
    11. Vehicle Prognostics Technology
      1. Monitoring of Vehicle Components; Basic Maintenance; End-of-Life Predictions; Advanced Driver Assistance System Sensor Alignment and Calibration
    12. Autonomous Vehicles
      1. Driverless Car Technology; Moral, Legal, Roadblock Issues; Technical Issues;  Security Issues
    13. Present Advanced Driver Assistance System Technology Examples
      1. Toyota, Nissan, Honda, Hyundai; Volkswagen, BMW, Daimler; Fiat Chrysler Automobiles; Ford, General Motors
    14. Troubleshooting and Maintenance of Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
      1. Failure Modes - Self Calibration; Sensor Testing and Calibration; Redundant Systems; Standard Manufacturing Principles
    15. Non-Passenger Car Advanced Driver Assistance Systems and  Autonomous Operation
      1. Uber/Lyft - Disruptive Technology; Trucking; Farming; Mining; Shipping & Rail; Military
    16. Course review and final exam

      Note: course materials, including weekly lectures, to assist the instructor have been developed by the Center for Advanced Automotive Technology

    Primary Faculty
    Roland, David
    Secondary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2060 - Automotive Electrical III

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000, AUTO 1040; and AUTO 1050 OR ELEC 1171

    (formerly AUTO 1030)

    This course will cover automotive computers, communication networks, lab scope operation, sensors, and electronically controlled circuits.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the function of the PCM and BCM.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of RAM.
    2. Describe the function of ROM.
    3. Describe the function the E-PROM.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to properly use a lab scope.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the types and useage of lab scopes.
    2. Explain how to use a lab scope to test for pulse width modulation.
    3. Explain how to use a lab scope as a graphing multimeter.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose communication networks.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of a single wire communication network.
    2. Describe the function of a two wire communication network.
    3. Describe the function of a gateway in a communication network.
    4. Demonstrate the procedure for testing a communication network.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Electrical/III - 1060 3 Cr 4 Contact Hours

    1. Electronic Components
      1. Computers
        1. RAM
        2. ROM
        3. E-PROM
        4. Baud Rate
        5. Bit Processors
        6. Capacitor Operation, Safety
    2. Communication Networks
      1. Two Wire
      2. One Wire
      3. Stub Networks
      4. Gateways
      5. Can Systems
      6. Testing Methods
    3. Lab Scope Operation
      1. Lab Scope Types and Useage
      2. Pulse Width Modulation
      3. Graphing Multimeter
    4. Sensor Types and Testing
      1. Potentiometers
      2. Hall Effect
      3. Voltage Dividers
      4. Variable Reluctance
      5. Transducers
      6. Temperature Sensors
        1. NTC
        2. PTC
      7. Pm Generators
      8. Magneto Resistance
    5. Electronically Controlled Circuits (?)
      1. Occupational Restraint Systems
      2. Air Bag Safety
      3. Remote Start/Modem
      4. Ambient Light Control
      5. Noise Cancellation

    Primary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2090 - Service Floor 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1050 , AUTO 1090 , AUTO 1200 , and AUTO 1420 

    (formerly AUTO 2290 and AUTO 2490)

    This course provides the students with hands-on automotive service experience. Emphasis on diagnosing and making repairs of automotive engines, electrical and air conditioning systems. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service starting, charging and support systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose charging system problems that cause an undercharge or no-charge condition.
    2. Perform charging system output test; determine needed repairs.
    3. Remove and replace alternator.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recharge an A/C system.

    Objectives:

    1. Employ correct recovery, evacuation and recharging techniques.
    2. Identify suitable storage and recovery containers.
    3. Illustrate proficiency in gauge reading and diagnosis.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to check for leaks in a R-134A system.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the correct leak detection equipment.
    2. Isolate leak and perform correct repair techniques.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose general engine conditions

    Objectives:

    1. Inspect engine assembly for fuel, oil, coolant and other leaks; determine necessary actions
    2. Diagnose unusual exhaust color, odor, and sound; determine necessary actions
    3. Perform cylinder power balance test; determine necessary actions
    4. Perform compression test; determine necessary actions

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Overview
      1. Materials to be covered
      2. Course Rules
      3. Evaluation Process
      4. Shop safety
    2. Automotive Batteries, Charging and Starting System Diagnosis and Service
      1. Perform battery diagnostic testing, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      2. Perform charging system testing, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      3. Perform starting system testing, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      4. Perform various electrical system tests per NATEF Standards
    3. Automotive Heating Ventilation and Air Conditioning Diagnosis and Service
      1. Perform air conditioning performance testing, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      2. Perform air conditioning recharge, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      3. Perform a refrigerant identifier test per NATEF Standards
    4. Automotive Engines
      1. Perform mechanical engine testing, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      2. Perform on-car diagnostics related to engine mechanical per NATEF Standards
    5. Road Testing
      1. Determination of Quality of Repair
    6. Electronic Services Information
      1. Follow diagnostic strategies based on published procedures and guidelines
      2. Flat-rate labor time lookup and job estimation

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2200 - Automotive Upper Engine Service

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1200  

    Provides the student with actual upper engine service procedures with hands-on experience. Covers the use of valve grinders, valve and seat machine centers, magnetic particle inspection, and cleaning equipment. A mill will be used for resurfacing cylinder heads.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform service work on cylinder heads.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate cleaning and inspection of cylinder heads and cylinder head components.
    2. Machine heads to receive new seats.
    3. Resurface cylinder head or manifold.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Course structure
      1. Grading system
      2. Classroom activities
      3. Lab activities
      4. Safety practices
    2. Equipment to be utilized
      1. Cleaning equipment
      2. Head service equipment
      3. Surface grinders
    3. Cleaning procedures
      1. Preparation
      2. Use of steam, air pressure, solvent tanks
      3. Use on components (i.e., heads, manifolds, cast iron, and aluminum)
    4. Inspection and fault detection
      1. Electro magnetic procedures
      2. Pressure testing
      3. Chemical detection procedures
    5. Machining processes and valve guides
      1. Valve knurling
      2. Valve guide servicing
      3. Use of “head shop” equipment
      4. Procedure for valve guide replacement
    6. Machining process valve seats
      1. Valve seat removal and replacement
      2. Valve seat grinding
      3. Use of geometric angles
    7. Machining process valves
      1. Use of valve grading machine
      2. Use of geometric angles
    8. Lab practices
      1. Work on performance objectives
      2. Service OHC (Overhead Camshaft) shafts and valve train
      3. Surface grinding
        1. Heads
        2. Manifold
      4. Geometric and displacement requirements
      5. Porting and polishing practices
    9. Assembly procedures and practices
      1. Performance objectives utilized
      2. Measurements as per published specifications
      3. Final inspection
      4. Proper torque procedures
    10. Continuation of performance objectives
      1. Completion of task lists
      2. Final exam
    11. Precision Measurement
      1. Use of measurement equipment
        1. Micrometers
        2. Gauges
        3. Straight edge
        4. Special bore gauges
      2. Demonstrations
        1. Head service
        2. Valve repair
        3. Guide replacement
        4. Camshaft service

    Primary Faculty
    Roland, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2210 - Automotive Lower Engine Service

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites:  AUTO 2200  (may be taken prior to or in the same semester as AUTO 2210)

    Provides the student with actual lower engine procedures with hands-on experience. Covers the use of lower block cleaning equipment, engine boring, crankshaft polishing and camshaft bearing tools. The class will cover the fitting of rods, pistons, and cover the use of the surface grinder for lower block squaring.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform cylinder block service.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform crack fault detection with dyes, electromagnetic processes, and pressure test.
    2. Recondition rod and press piston.
    3. Perform use of cylinder boring equipment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Course structure
      1. Grading system
      2. Classroom activities
      3. Lab activities
      4. Safety practices
      5. Machining processes
    2. Equipment to be utilized
      1. Cleaning equipment
      2. Solvents and chemicals
      3. Rod reconditioning equipment
      4. Boring and honing equipment
    3. Inspection techniques and fault detection
      1. Dyes, chemical, use of infrared
      2. Electro magnetic procedures
    4. Precision measurements
      1. Use of precision measurement equipment
        1. Micrometers
        2. Gauges
        3. Straight edges
        4. Special equipment
      2. Demonstrations and practices
        1. Engine block measurements
        2. Crankshaft measurements
        3. Camshafts
        4. Rods and pistons
    5. Use of machining equipment
      1. Cylinder boring - stationary and portable
      2. Liner service
        1. Removal and installation
      3. Shaft service
        1. Crankshaft
        2. Line boring
      4. Connecting rod and piston servicing
        1. Use of Hydraulic press
        2. Use of heating ovens
        3. Connecting rod reconditioning
    6. Surface grinding
      1. Cylinder heads
      2. Engine block
      3. Intake manifold
      4. Geometric involvements on “V” type engines
    7. Reassembly process
      1. Cam bearing installation
        1. Special equipment required
      2. Measurements and use of tightening and torque equipment
    8. Engine balancing
    9. Principles of ownership of engine machine business
      1. Requirements
      2. Legal - municipal, administrative
      3. Expenditures on equipment
      4. Pricing
    10. Completion of course requirements
      1. Final exam

    Primary Faculty
    Roland, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2340 - Automatic Transmission Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1000 , AUTO 1040 , and AUTO 1330 

    (formerly AUTO 1320)

    This course will include information on hydraulic fundamentals, valves, pumps and hydraulic system diagnosis. Transmission mechanical devices including, apply devices, planetary gear sets and power flow will be covered. Electrical components and control systems diagnosis will be emphasized. The 4l60-E transmission will be used to cover this material.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the relationship between hydraulic pressure, force and area.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the effect area has on hydraulic force.
    2. Describe the effect pressure has on hydraulic force.
    3. Use Pascals Law to find clutch hydraulic apply force.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the function of the major hydraulic control valves and check balls.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the function of valves that effect main line pressure, throttle pressure and modulator pressure.
    2. Explain how shift valves are upshifted and downshifted.
    3. Explain the use of check balls in the valve body.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the function of holding clutches and input clutches.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different types of holding clutches.
    2. Identify the input clutches.
    3. Inspect clutches for signs of failure.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to indicate power flow using different planetary gearsets.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the rules for a simple planetary gearset.
    2. Explain the power flow of a simpson planetary gearset in a three speed transmission.
    3. Demonstrate the power flow for a 4l60-E transmission.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the function and diagnosis of electrical components.

    Objectives:

    1. Classify components as input or output components.
    2. Use a scan tool to access data and diagnostic trouble codes.
    3. Describe the use of output controls.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    AUTO 1340 Automatic Transmission Fundamentals

    Course Content Area

    1. Hydraulic Fundamentals
      1. pressure, area, force
      2. line pressure, throttle pressure, governor pressure
      3. Pascals Law
      4. orifices
      5. pressure control valves
      6. hydraulic pumps
      7. accumulators
      8. check balls
      9. valve body plates
      10. diagnosis to include pressure testing
    2. Mechanical Components
      1. input clutches
      2. holding clutches, hydraulic and mechanical
      3. planetary gearsets
      4. power flow 4l60-E transmission
      5. final drive operation
      6. rebuild procedures for mechanical components
    3. Electrical Systems
      1. input components
      2. output components
      3. output controls
      4. scan tool use to obtain data and trouble codes
      5. special function use of scan tool
      6. diagnosis of electrical components

    Primary Faculty
    Rossow, Matthew
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2350 - Automatic Transmission Service

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 2340 

    (formerly AUTO 2300 and AUTO 2310)

    This course will cover the service procedures necessary to service all major systems and components of the 6T70 and 6L80 General Motors transmissions. Proper use of Specialty Tools will be emphasized.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to disassemble a 6T60-E transmission

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the proper procedure for disassembling and inspecting the front pump assembly.
    2. Describe the proper procedure for disassembling and inspecting the hydraulic clutches.
    3. Use the proper tools for making all checks during disassembly.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assemble a 6T60-E transmission

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the proper procedure for assembling and inspecting the front pump assembly.
    2. Describe the proper procedure for assembling and inspecting the hydraulic clutches.
    3. Use the proper tools for making all checks during assembly.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to disassemble a 6L60-E transmission

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the proper procedure for disassembling and inspecting the front pump assembly.
    2. Describe the proper procedure for disassembling and inspecting the hydraulic clutches.
    3. Use the proper tools for making all checks during disassembly.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to assemble a 6L60-E transmission

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the proper procedure for assembling and inspecting the front pump assembly.
    2. Describe the proper procedure for assembling and inspecting the hydraulic clutches.
    3. Use the proper tools for making all checks during assembly.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Automotive Transmission Service

    6T60-E Transmission

    1. Disassembly
      1. front pump
      2. valve body
      3. remove hydraulic clutches
      4. remove planetary gear sets
    2. Service components
      1. pump assembly
      2. valve body
      3. hydraulic clutches
      4. planetary gear sets
    3. Assemble
      1. planetary gear sets
      2. hydraulic clutches
      3. valve body
      4. front pump
      5. make all end play checks

    6L80 E

    1. Disassembly
      1. front pump
      2. valve body
      3. remove hydraulic clutches
      4. remove planetary gear sets
    2. Service components
      1. pump assembly
      2. valve body
      3. hydraulic clutches
      4. planetary gear sets
    3. Assemble
      1. planetary gear set
      2. hydraulic clutches
      3. valve body
      4. front pump
      5. make all end play checks

    Primary Faculty
    Rossow, Matthew
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2405 - Engine Performance

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1050  

    (formerly AUTO 1520 and AUTO 1530)

    This course provides a comprehensive study of modern automotive fuel, emissions and ignition systems that includes theory, principles of operation, inspection and repair. Experiences will include the testing of fuel, emission and ignition systems as well as the testing of computer controlled inputs and outputs.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the various properties of gasoline as they pertain to the operation of the gasoline internal combustion engine

    Objectives:

    1. Identify different gasoline fuel qualities
    2. Identify signs of detonation
    3. Explain possible causes

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe various fuel delivery methods used in the automotive industry

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the Venturi principle as it applies to early design fuel delivery systems
    2. Identify the components, function and differences between throttle body, port, central port, sequential port and direct fuel injection systems
    3. Use safety protocols related to low and high pressure fuel injection systems

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will describe the operation of a primary and secondary ignition system

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the theory of electromagnetic induction and ignition system coil operation
    2. Explain the difference between an ignition triggering device and a switching device
    3. Identify the components of both primary and secondary ignition components
    4. Test primary and secondary ignition systems

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to analyze causes of engine performance related symptoms

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the causes of different color exhaust smoke related to oil, coolant and fuel problems
    2. Explain volumetric efficiency in relation to manifold vacuum
    3. Use various engine test equipment to diagnose compression, cylinder leakage, manifold vacuum and volumetric efficiency concerns

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to propose solutions to possible causes of failure in automotive induction and emissions related systems

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the five commonly monitored tailpipe emissions
    2. Diagnose and test exhaust related concerns such as leaks, noise and restrictions
    3. Diagnose and test intake manifold leaks
    4. Diagnose and test exhaust gas recirculation systems
    5. Diagnose and test evaporative emissions systems

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Environmental Safety and Hazardous Materials
      1. Proper disposal of fluids
        1. Used oil, fuel and coolant
      2. Federal and State laws
      3. Safety glasses and correct clothing in the shop at all times
    2. Gasoline and Other Fuel Properties
      1. Distillation of crude oil
      2. Refining
      3. Octane ratings
        1. R+M/2 is called the road octane number RdON
          1. Research & Motor methods to determine octane
        2. Altitude and various other factors that effect octane requirements
      4. Common Fuels characteristics, attributes and A/F ratios
        1. Methane, simple Hydrocarbon CH4
        2. Gasoline, C8H15
          1. 14.67:1
          2. Approximately 115,000 btu’s per gallon of gasoline
          3. Volatility & Ethanol testing
          4. Reid Vapor Pressure Test
          5. Digital ethanol percentage tester
          6. Graduated burette water absorption test
        3. Ethanol & E85, E100- C2H5OH
          1. Positive and negative attributes
            1. Corrosivity
            2. Consumes more fuel based on A/F ratio
            3. Gasoline = 14.7:1 compared to E85 = 9.76:1, E100 = 9:1
            4. Less btu per gallon
            5. Compare common fuels btu content to ethanol
            6. Impact on farming and consumers
            7. Consumable vs. non-consumable crops
            8. Higher octane
            9. Able to increase boost and static compression ratio
            10. Higher costs of E85
            11. Consumes 40% more fuel, needs to be 40% less at the pump not 40 cents less, still need to fill up 40% more often
            12. Max ethanol is 15% by volume
        4. Methanol, CH3OH
          1. Max methanol is 5% by volume
          2. M100 = 6.45:1, M85
          3. Extremely corrosive
          4. High specific heat value
        5. Propane, LPG, C3H8
          1. Readily available at RV fill stations
          2. 15.5:1
          3. Safe transport, fill and emissions
          4. 106 octane
        6. Diesel, C12H26
          1. 25% more thermal energy than gasoline
          2. Low volatility, reduced handling risks
        7. CNG, contains methane and other gasses, CH4
          1. Less fill stations around
          2. 16.5:1
          3. 125 octane
          4. Show YouTube video
            1. Durability testing from 70’s
            2. Burn, C4 explosives and arm or piercing rounds
            3. Safe fuel to transport in vehicle
      5. Gasoline Additives
        1. Oxygenates
          1. Reduce C O and HC emissions
        2. Octane improvers
    3. Gasoline Engine Operation
      1. Internal vs. external combustion engines
      2. Parts and systems
      3. 4 stroke cycle, classification & construction
      4. Engine displacement & measurement, compression ratios, horsepower and torque
    4. Intake, Exhaust, Turbocharging & Supercharging
      1. Air filtration
      2. TBI, PFI intake manifolds, egr induction routing
        1. Tuned intake manifold
      3. Exhaust manifold construction
        1. Log vs. tubular equal length
      4. Mufflers, backpressure
      5. Forced induction principles
        1. Superchargers
        2. Turbochargers
        3. Boost control
          1. Wastegate
          2. Bypass or blow-off valves
        4. Nitrous Oxide
    5. Engine Condition Diagnosis
      1. Smoke Diagnosis
      2. Engine noise and vibration diagnosis
      3. Compression testing
        1. Dry compression testing
        2. Wet compression testing
        3. Running compression testing
      4. Cylinder leakage
      5. Cylinder power balance test
      6. Manifold vacuum testing
        1. Normal vacuum readings at idle up to 2500rpm
        2. Expected to go up or remain the same
        3. Go over possible reasons it would go down
      7. Exhaust backpressure testing
      8. Head gasket diagnosis
    6. On Board Diagnostics
      1. OBDI vs. OBDII
      2. Monitor/diagnostic
      3. Enable criteria
      4. Freeze frame and failure records
      5. Global OBDII
      6. Scan tool usage and accessing DTC info
      7. Correctly clearing DTC information
      8. Serial Data protocols
        1. UART, CLASSII, CAN
        2. Data baud rates
        3. CANDi module
        4. GDS2, laptop based wireless access
    7. Introduction to Engine Sensors
      1. Engine temp sensors
      2. Throttle Position sensors
      3. MAP/BARO sensors
      4. MAF sensors
      5. Oxygen sensors
    8. Fuel Pumps, Lines and Filters
      1. Fuel delivery
      2. Fuel tanks, rollover valves, lines and filters
      3. Fuel pumps
        1. Amperage draw testing
        2. Fuel pressure and volume testing
        3. Fuel pump replacement and special tools
    9. Fuel Injection Components
      1. Electronic Fuel Injection
        1. TBI, PFI, CPI, SFI, GDI
      2. Return & returnless fuel systems
        1. Leakdown diagnosis
          1. Special shut-off tools to isolate
        2. Fuel injectors
          1. Mechanical & Electrical Diagnosis
          2. Resistance, volt drop, amperage draw
          3. Lab scope injector pulse width
          4. Fuel Injector Balance testing
      3. Air measurement
        1. Direct & Indirect airflow measurement
        2. Idle speed control
          1. Stepper motors
          2. Electronic throttle control
    10. Vehicle Emissions
      1. Five monitored tailpipe gasses
        1. 3 pollutants and 2 non pollutants
          1. NOx, CO, HC CO2, O2
      2. Inspection and Maintenance
        1. US & European standards
        2. Each gas introduced under certain conditions
          1. HC, rich or very lean
          2. CO, only occurs during rich conditions
          3. NOx, lean, hot engine over 2500F combustion temps
          4. O2, lean
          5. CO2, is a diagnostic gas, the more CO2 the higher efficiency
      3. Emissions control systems and devices
        1. EVAP system
          1. ORVR
          2. LDP Systems
          3. Enhanced vs. non enhanced
      4. EGR Valve
      5. PCV system
      6. Catalytic converters
      7. Air Injection Reaction
        1. Intake and exhaust cam phaser
        2. Elimination of EGR and Air pumps
    11. Ignition System Theory and Operation
      1. Theory of Electromagnetic Induction
        1. Coil winding ratio, polarity, soft iron core design
        2. Ignition switching and triggering devices
          1. All related input & output sensors
            1. Hall Effect
            2. PM Generator
            3. MR sensor
            4. Optical sensor
            5. Identify whether digital and analog
      2. Primary ignition & Secondary ignition
        1. Identify components related to primary and secondary
        2. Spark plug identifying external markings
        3. Diagnosis using visual identification of spark plugs
        4. Spark plug heat ranges
          1. Platinum, Iridium and copper core plugs
          2. Spark plug thread chase tool
          3. Distributor Ignition (DI) and Electronic Ignition (EI)
            1. Examples of DI advancement components
              1. Points & condensor
              2. Centrifugal weights
              3. Vacuum advance
            2. Examples of EI, description and operation
              1. Waste spark
              2. Ion sensing
              3. COP
              4. Compression sensing
              5. Knock sensors
            3. Testing
              1. Coils
                1. Primary and secondary winding resistance
                2. Spark tester used for secondary output
              2. Digital and analog trigger devices
              3. Spark plug wires
                1. Max resistance, no more than 10k ohms per ft.
                2. Spray salt water solution on wires to test
      3. Ignition timing
        1. TDC, BTDC, ATDC
          1. Timing advancement
          2. Max cylinder pressure from 10-23 degrees ATDC
            1. Timing indicators and balancers
              1. Set timing tab
              2. Base ignition timing
              3. Standard and adjustable timing lights

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2410 - Advanced Automotive Electronics

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: Related work experience

    This course is designed to provide the student with the latest state-of-the-art technology as related to automotive electronics. This course will focus on such criteria as: test equipment for solid state circuitry, electronic cruise control, level ride, travel assist and driver information centers, keyless entry system, and sound systems including service. On-bench and on-car practical exercises are featured with the classroom activities.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply automotive electronic principles.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Demonstrate the use of meters and lab scopes to monitor, diagnose, and adjust circuitry.
    2. Demonstrate use of lab scope to monitor circuits.
    3. Demonstrate the use of scan tool, DVOM (Digital Volt-Ohm Meter), and lab scope.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
      1. Material to be presented
      2. Evaluation process
      3. Safety procedures
    2. Review of electronics
      1. Ohms Law
      2. Voltage drop
      3. Math of formulas
    3. Use of equipment
      1. Digital
      2. Analog
    4. Advanced test equipment
      1. Scan tool
        1. Software
      2. Lab scopes
        1. Frequency
        2. Waveform
        3. Time base
        4. Amplitude
    5. Automotive advanced accessories
      1. ABS (Antilock Brake System)
        1. Tone wheel frequency
        2. Use of scan tool
      2. Electronic cruise control
        1. Lab scope
        2. Scan tool
        3. Hand DVOM
      3. PCM (Pulse Code Modulation) measurements
        1. Input sensors
        2. Outputs
      4. Electronic Level Ride
        1. Scan tool
        2. Lab scope
      5. Driver Information Center
        1. Scan tool
        2. Lab scope
    6. Lab practices
      1. Performance objectives
      2. Skills development opportunity
      3. Use of scan tool, lab scope, and DVOM

    Primary Faculty
    Claus, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2450 - Hybrid & Alternative Fuel Vehicles

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 2060  and AUTO 2090 ; or AUTO 2820 

    (formerly AUTO 1440 and AUTO 2440)

    This course provides an introduction to Hybrids and Alternative Fuel Vehicles. Material covered includes high voltage batteries, regenerative braking, safety procedures, hybrid maintenance and diagnostics. Carbon-based fuels and future propulsion options will be included.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the components and characteristics that make up the different Hybrid and Electric Vehicles (HEV) on the road today.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the different operating characteristics, identify the different types of Hybrid and Electric Vehicles.
    2. Given the vehicle make, explain the characteristic of Hybrid and Electric Vehicle components.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose HEV driveability concerns.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a scan tool, diagnose the trouble code and locate the proper flow chart to complete the repair.
    2. Given a HEV, locate the power off switch to disable the high voltage battery system so repairs can be performed.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply High Voltage safety practices.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify a high-voltage cable or wire by its color.
    2. Explain how to use the “one hand rule” for working on electrical circuits.
    3. Explain why there are different classes of electrician-safety gloves and which class is appropriate to use.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service a hybrid vehicle’s climate control system.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain why some hybrid vehicles use electric A/C compressors.
    2. List the correct type of oil to use in an electric A/C compressor.
    3. Describe the basic parameters of engine idle-stop mode as it relates to the A/C system.
    4. Identify the components of the vehicles climate control system.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the uses, application and environmental impact of different carbon based fuels.

    Objectives:

    1. Environmental awareness, renewable and non-renewable fuels
    2. Identify the differences and uses of vehicle Propulsion Alternatives.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. What is a hybrid vehicle?
      1. Gas - electric
      2. Diesel - electric
      3. ICE (Internal Combustion Engine) - hydraulic
      4. Fuel cells
      5. Flex fuel vehicles
      6. CNG (Compressed Natural Gas)
      7. Electric
      8. Examples of hybrid vehicles
      9. Series systems
      10. Parallel systems
      11. Series parallel systems
    2. Alternative Fuels
      1. Bio-diesel
      2. CNG
      3. Ethanol 85
      4. Electric
    3. Hybrid batteries
      1. Lithium
      2. Lead acid
      3. Nickel hydride
    4. Regenerative braking systems
      1. Components
      2. System operation
    5. HEV transmissions
      1. Single speed
      2. CVT (Continuously Variable Transmission)
      3. Conventional automatic and manual
    6. HEV systems
      1. Heating system
      2. Air conditioning system
      3. Power steering
    7. HEV safety procedures
      1. Honda
      2. Toyota
      3. General Motors
      4. Ford
    8. Diagnostic procedures
      1. Scan Tools
      2. Honda procedures
      3. Toyota procedures
      4. General Motors procedures
      5. Ford procedures
    9. Electric motors
      1. AC motors and operating characteristics
      2. DC motors and operating characteristics
    10. HEV maintenance
      1. Honda
      2. Ford
      3. General Motors
      4. Toyota

    Primary Faculty
    LaHaie, Kurtis
    Secondary Faculty
    Rossow, Matthew
    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2500 - Automotive Driveability & Diagnosis

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 2405  or related work experience

    The course covers the proper procedures of tune-up and diagnosis of the automobile internal combustion engine. Emphasis is placed on isolating malfunctions to a particular system and following with the correct procedure to locate the exact problem. The student learns how to make an intelligent diagnosis according to the way in which the vehicle operates. Emphasis is placed on correct use of specifications, equipment, and interpreting test results.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose the procedure for diagnosing an engine-related driveability symptom.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Choose the correct procedure based on customer complaint.
    2. Display proficient use of Strategy Based Diagnostics.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to differentiate between fuel, ignition, mechanical and emissions related driveability concerns.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Choose the correct strategy to diagnose a fuel related concern.
    2. Choose the correct strategy to diagnose an ignition related concern.
    3. Choose the correct strategy to diagnose an emission related concern.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to conduct on-board computer testing of domestic and foreign vehicles.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Utilize scan tool specific to manufacturers to interpret computer data.
    2. Utilize aftermarket scan tool to diagnose and interpret computer data.
    3. Practice OBD II diagnostic trouble code retrieval and diagnosis.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose engine mechanical related driveability concerns.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Practice cylinder leak-down testing and interpret results.
    2. Practice vacuum gauge diagnosis and interpret results.
    3. Practice injector flow testing and electrical testing.
    4. Practice static and dynamic compression testing and interpret results accurately.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Safety procedures
      1. Basic shop safety rules
      2. Working in a workgroup
      3. Carbon monoxide
      4. Running engines
      5. Fluid spills
      6. Battery chargers
      7. Jumper cables
      8. Vehicle storage and retrieval
    2. Diagnostic equipment overview
      1. DVOM
      2. Hand held scanners
      3. Breakout box
      4. Scan tool introduction
    3. Fuel systems overview
      1. Fuel injection system components and theory of operation
      2. Fuel injection system component testing
    4. Ignition systems overview
      1. Ignition system components and theory of operation
      2. Ignition system component testing
    5. Emission systems overview
      1. Emission system components and theory of operation
      2. Emission system component testing
    6. Driveability diagnosis systematic procedures
      1. GM, Ford, Chrysler strategy based diagnostic procedures
      2. Terminology
      3. Conditions caused by symptoms
    7. Driveability Electronic Service Information
      1. GM, Ford, Chrysler driveability
      2. Utilization of online service manuals
    8. Base engine operating conditions
      1. Terminology
      2. Basic engine requirements
      3. Cylinder pressures
      4. Combustion pressures and temperatures
      5. Exhaust pressures and temperature
      6. Engine operating modes
      7. Atmospheric factors
    9. Base engine causes of driveability symptoms
      1. Engine compression
      2. Engine temperature
      3. Oil control
      4. Mechanical balance
      5. Mechanical clearances
    10. On board computer input and output
      1. Introduction to electronic engine controls
      2. On board computers
      3. Strategies
      4. Analog and digital signals
      5. Passive and active sensors
      6. Frequency, duty cycle and pulse width modulation
      7. Input devices
      8. Output devices
    11. Hand held testers
      1. Snap-on, Mastertech
      2. Tech II & GDS2
      3. Genesys and others
    12. On Board Diagnostics II
      1. Data Link Connectors
      2. Federal Test Procedures
      3. Serial Data Protocols
    13. Intermittent diagnostic techniques
      1. Introduction to Snapshots
      2. Recording data
      3. Payback data
      4. Flight recorder
    14. Graphing
      1. Introduction to graphing

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2600 - Automotive Cybersecurity

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The goal of the course is to introduce students to the potential threats of cyber-attacks on vehicles, especially connected and automated vehicles.  The basics of cybersecurity threat models, high-risk attack areas of vehicles, classes of attacks, and protecting vehicles from attacks are introduced. Standards and protocols related to automotive cybersecurity will be covered. Cybersecurity methods and penetration testing for vehicles will also be presented.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the importance of using cybersecurity threat models in designing automotive systems

    Objectives:
    1. Identify which automotive systems have the highest risk components
    2. Explain threat modeling rating systems (ISO 26262 ASIL and DREAD)
    3. Apply a scoring system to rank and categorize potential cybersecurity risks
    4. Identify a task list to address high-priority hacking and component failure risks for automotive control systems
    5. Identify countermeasures to mitigate risks of attacks

    Outcome 2:Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare different bus protocols and vehicle communications

    Objectives:
    1. Analyze CAN bus, diagnostic link connector (DLC) - OBD2, SAE J1698, J1850, and J2534
    2. Analyze Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST), LIN, FlexRay, and automotive Ethernet
    3. Identify the strengths and weaknesses of each of the each protocol
    4. Explain Diagnostics/logging CAN data and ISO-TP protocol
    5. Set up a CAN virtual network using SocketCAN and can-utils

    6. Explain different aspects of bus protocols and vehicle communications

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will compare methods of attacking vehicles

    Objectives:
    1. Analyze vehicle-to-vehicle (V2V) and vehicle to infrastructure (V2I) communication
    2. Explain IEEE 1609 and Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
    3. Analyze methods to attack wireless systems
    4. Explain how to access, retrieve, and disassemble data from an automotive ECU
    5. Explain how different sensors measure physical variables and covert the information to an electronic signal

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will explain frameworks for cybersecurity in vehicles

    Objectives:
    1. Analyze SAE J3061
    2. Analyze ISO 21434
    3. Compare the different types of attacks (front door vs. back door attacks)
    3. Give real-world examples of recent vehicle hacking attacks


    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain methods for protecting vehicles from attacks

    Objectives:
    1. Analyze cybersecurity protection methods
    2. Interpret the role of penetration testing and exploit vulnerabilities using C-code
    3. Explain the role of the Security Credential Management System (SCMS)

     


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Understanding Threat Models
    • Identify areas with the highest risk components
    • Threat modeling & identification
    • Threat rating systems

    2. Bus Protocols & Vehicle Communication
    • CAN bus and diagnostic link connector (DLC) - OBD-II
    • CAN Bus Packet Layout
    • Media Oriented Systems Transport (MOST)
    • SocketCAN interface
    • Diagnostics/Logging, CAN Security, ISO-TP protocol
    • SAE J1698 Standard

    3. Automotive Electronics and ECUs
    • Introduction to ECUs, software, and firmware
    • ECU Hacking

    4. Attacking Vehicles
    • Classes of attack vectors
    • SAE J2534 & tools
    • In-vehicle infotainment (IVI) system & remote attacking

    5. Defining Frameworks for Cybersecurity in Vehicles
    • J3061
    • ISO 21434

    6. Attacking Connected/automated vehicles
    • V2V and V2I communication
    • IEEE 1609 & Wireless Access in Vehicular Environments (WAVE)
    • Attacking Wireless Systems
    • Potential attacks on automated vehicles

    7. Protecting Vehicles from Attacks
    • Cybersecurity protection methods
    • Penetration testing
    • Security Credentials Management System (SCMS)

    Note: course materials, including weekly lectures, to assist the instructor have been developed by the Center for Advanced Automotive Technology (CAAT)


    Primary Faculty
    Lahaie, Kurtis
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2810 - Dealership Experience 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Arrangement with Corporate Coordinator

    This course provides full-time, on-the-job experience. Fundamental principles and instructional theory derived from previous courses are applied to sponsoring dealership work setting, namely new car prepping, basic electrical and service operations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a battery test with 100% accuracy within 150% of flat rate time.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Check for parasitic battery load.
    2. Service wiring and wiring connectors.
    3. Inspect and test and diagnose a battery.
    4. Inspect and test and diagnose a starting system.
    5. Replace a starter motor.
    6. Inspect and test and diagnose a charging system.
    7. Replace an alternator.
    8. Diagnose lighting system problems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a complete front disc brake job with 100% accuracy within 150% of flat rate time.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Diagnose a brake system.
    2. Service a parking brake.
    3. Diagnose brake hydraulic system problem.
    4. Service drum brakes.
    5. Machine brake drum.
    6. Service disc brake.
    7. Machine a brake rotor.
    8. Identify and inspect ABS (Anti-lock braking systems) and TCS (Traction Control Systems) components.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a complete rear disc brake job with 100% accuracy within 150% of flat rate time.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Check fit and finish of the vehicle.
    2. Check fluid levels.
    3. Check air pressure.
    4. Check safety systems.
    5. Road test.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Work experience class held at dealership
    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2820 - Dealership Experience 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Arrangement with Corporate Coordinator

    This course provides hands-on experience. Fundamental principles and instructional theory derived from previous courses are applied to the sponsoring dealership work setting. Includes alignment, suspension, engine repair, ignition system service in dealership.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform front end work.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Perform alignments.
    2. Perform a ball joint replacement.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform engine work.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Perform a head gasket replacement.
    2. Perform a camshaft and lifter change.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work experience class held at dealership

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2830 - Dealership Experience 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Arrangement with Corporate Coordinator

    This course provides full-time, on-the-job experience. Fundamental principles and instructional theory derived from previous courses are applied to the sponsoring dealership service operations. Special Electronics GM set, transmissions, A/C in dealership.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, using the NATEF standards, students will be able to diagnose and service fuel systems.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Test and replace fuel supply system components.
    2. Inspect and service a throttle body.
    3. Check idle speed motor or idle air control.
    4. Check fuel injector wave form.
    5. Perform fuel pressure test.
    6. Perform fuel injector balance test.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose and service emissions systems.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Test and service an EGR system.
    2. Test and service an Air Pump and Air injection system.
    3. Test and service a catalytic converter system.
    4. Test and service positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) and system.
    5. Test and service an evaporative emissions control system.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose and service ignition systems.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Inspect and test an ignition system secondary circuit components and wiring.
    2. Remove and replace spark plugs.
    3. Inspect and test an ignition coil.
    4. Inspect and test ignition wires.
    5. Remove and replace a distributor.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work experience class held at dealership

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2840 - Dealership Experience 4

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Arrangement with Corporate Coordinator

    This course provides full-time, on-the-job experience. Fundamental principles and instructional theory derived from previous courses are applied to the sponsoring dealership work operation (Fuel systems, automatic transmissions) in dealership.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose a vehicle engine throttle body.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Perform a throttle body cleaning.
    2. Replace and repair a throttle body.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a rear wheel drive automatic transmission rebuild.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Remove and replace rear wheel drive automatic transmission drive shaft.
    2. Remove and replace a valve body.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a fuel pressure check.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Perform a fuel pressure check with use of a fuel pressure gauge.
    2. Diagnose fuel pressure condition.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work experience class held at dealership

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2850 - Dealership Experience 5

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: Arrangement with Corporate Coordinator

    This course provides full-time, on-the-job experience. Fundamental principles and instructional theory derived from previous courses are applied to the sponsoring dealership work setting, namely driveability and transmission servicing in dealership.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform a front wheel drive automatic transaxle rebuild.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Remove and replace a front wheel drive axle.
    2. Remove and replace a valve body.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose a Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL) using a scan tool.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Follow diagnostic chart to locate problem.
    2. Repair and verify the fix.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform PCM flash.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Use computer interface to reprogram Power train Control Module (PCM).
    2. Use computer reference and check for vehicle updates.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work experience class held at dealership

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • AUTO 2890 - Service Floor 3

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: AUTO 1330 , AUTO 2090 , AUTO 2340 , and AUTO 2405 

    (formerly AUTO 2390 and AUTO 2590)

    This course provides the students with hands-on automotive service experience. Emphasis will be on automotive engine performance and driveline. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service vehicle emissions, ignition and fuel systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret complaint, determine needed repairs.
    2. Diagnose and repair emissions control systems.
    3. Fuel, air induction, and exhaust systems diagnosis and repair.
    4. Ignition system diagnosis and repair

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service automatic and manual transmissions

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose and repair a transmission utilizing electronic service information
    2. Diagnose and repair a manual transmission utilizing electronic service information

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to diagnose mechanical drive-line conditions.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform U-Joint replacement
    2. Perform half shaft replacement

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Overview
      1. Materials to be covered
      2. Course Rules
      3. Evaluation Process
      4. Shop safety
    2. Automatic, Manual Transmissions and Drive Axles
      1. Automatic transmission diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      2. Manual transmission diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      3. Drive axle diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
    3. Engine Performance
      1. Fuel system diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      2. Emissions system diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
      3. Ignition system diagnosis, service and repairs per NATEF Standards
    4. Road Testing
      1. Determination of Quality of Repair
    5. Electronic Services Information
      1. Follow diagnostic strategies based on published procedures and guidelines
      2. Flat-rate labor time lookup and job estimation

    Primary Faculty
    Prater, Daniel
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Biology

  
  • BIOL 1000 - General Biology 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An introductory lecture and laboratory course in basic biological principles aimed at an understanding of the life processes common to all living things. The major areas of emphasis include the chemical and cellular basis of life, reproduction, growth, development, heredity, evolution, and ecology.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of the chemical and cellular basis of life.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw Bohr models of atoms of elements commonly found in living things.
    2. Based on atomic structure, predict the number of bonds formed by atoms of elements commonly found in biomolecules.
    3. Explain how positive and negative ions form.
    4. Illustrate the polar nature of water and state its importance to biological systems.
    5. Explain the pH scale.
    6. List the four categories of biomolecules, state their functions, and give examples of each.
    7. Differentiate between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
    8. List the typical parts of eukaryotic cells and their functions.
    9. Contrast plant and animal cells.

    Outcome 2: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to state, in writing, the mechanisms by which substances enter and exit cells.

    Objectives:

    1. Distinguish between passive and active forms of transport.
    2. Explain diffusion, osmosis, facilitated diffusion, and active transport.
    3. Compare and contrast endocytosis and exocytosis.

    Outcome 3: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to identify the basic principles of energy as they relate to the cell.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how energy is gained or lost in metabolic pathways.
    2. Describe the structure and function of enzymes.
    3. Give the overall equations for photosynthesis and cellular respiration.
    4. Explain how photosynthesis and cellular respiration are coupled reactions.
    5. Name the major energy rich compound in cells and its formation.
    6. Associate chloroplast structure with the process of photosynthesis.
    7. Compare and contrast aerobic and anaerobic respiration with respect to products and efficiency.

    Outcome 4: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to explain the importance of cell growth, reproduction, and the processes involved.

    Objectives:

    1. List the stages of the cell cycle and state the major events of each.
    2. Briefly explain the steps and outcomes of mitosis and meiosis.
    3. Contrast mitosis and meiosis.
    4. Distinguish asexual from sexual reproduction including advantages and disadvantages of each.

    Outcome 5: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to understand the basic concepts of Mendelian and molecular genetics.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain Mendelian inheritance using monohybrid crosses.
    2. Explain incomplete dominance, codominance, multiple alleles, and polygenic inheritance.
    3. Explain the inheritance of autosomal recessive and autosomal dominant disorders.
    4. Predict the outcome for nondisjunction.
    5. Describe the structure of DNA and its replication.
    6. Outline the steps involved in transcription and translation.
    7. Describe the types of mutations and their consequences.
    8. Explain the importance of recombinant DNA techniques in genetic engineering and biotechnology.

    Outcome 6: After successfully completing this course, the student will be able to describe the principles of ecology and evolution.

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate food webs and the organisms at each level.
    2. Use an energy pyramid to explain how energy flows from one trophic level to the next and comment on the efficiency of energy transfer.
    3. Explain the water, CO2, O2, nitrogen, and phosphorus cycles.
    4. List the major terrestrial and aquatic biomes and the characteristics of each.
    5. Explain the process of ecological succession.
    6. Explain how human activities have resulted in environmental problems such as acid rain, global warming, deforestation, habitat destruction, air pollution, water pollution, soil pollution, and thinning of the ozone layer.
    7. Suggest local and global solutions to the environmental problems listed above.
    8. Explain the process of evolution and cite evidence for it.
    9. Outline Darwin’s contribution to evolution.
    10. Explain how adaptations allow organisms to survive in the environment.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Characteristics of Science/Biology/Life

    1. What is Science? (Define)
    2. What is Biology? (Define)
    3. Science as Process/Product
    4. The Process: Scientific Method
      1. Awareness and Definition of Problem
      2. Data Gathering
      3. Hypothesis Construction
      4. Testing and Experimenting
      5. Theorizing
    5. Characteristics of Life
      1. Growth
      2. Metabolism
      3. Reproduction
      4. Irritability
      5. Evolution and Adaptation
      6. Homeostasis
      7. Cellularity
    6. Levels of Organization

    Related Educational Unit Laboratory Exercise

    1. Metric Measurement
    2. Microscope

    2. Chemistry of Life

    1. Matter and Energy
    2. Atoms
      1. Protons, Neutrons, Electrons
      2. Atomic Numbers, Weights
      3. Structures Modeled
      4. Simple Shells
    3. Stability and 2nd Law; Molecule Formation
      1. Molecules, Compounds
      2. Ionic, Covalent, Hydrogen Bonds
      3. Polarity
      4. pH: Acid/Base
      5. Molecules of Life
        1. Carbohydrates: Structure, Function, Energy Value
        2. Lipids: Structure, Function, Energy Value
        3. Proteins: Structure, Function, Energy Value
        4. Nucleic Acids: DNA, RNA, ATP: Structure, Function
        5. H2O
        6. Inorganic minerals

    Related Educational Unit Laboratory Exercise

    1. Molecules of life
    2. Action of enzymes digestion

    3. Cell Structure and Function

    1. Development of Cell Concept: Hooke (1660s), VanLeeuwenhoek (early 1700s), Schleiden (1830s), Schwann (1850s)
    2. Cell Theory: All Organisms Composed of Cells and All Cells from Pre-existing Cells
    3. Techniques: Light vs. Electron Microscope
    4. Organization of Cells: Prokaryote vs. Eukaryote
    5. Components of Eukaryotic Cells and Their Functions
    6. Plant vs. Animal: Compare and Contrast

    Related Educational Unit Laboratory Exercise

    1. Cell Structure
    2. Plant and Animal Cells and Differences
    3. Ultra Structure

    4. Cell Membranes and Transport Mechanisms

    1. Current Model of Membrane Structure
    2. Principles of Diffusion
    3. Principles of Osmosis: Hypotonic, Hypertonic, Isotonic, Turgor
    4. Principles of Mediated Transport: Facilitated, Active
    5. Other types of active transport
      1. Endocytosis: Pinocytosis, Phagocytosis
      2. Exocytosis

    Related Educational Unit Laboratory Exercise

    1. Diffusion
    2. Osmosis
    3. Surface Area/Volume Ratio
    4. Plasmolysis

    5. Cell Dynamics: Cellular Metabolism: Photosynthesis and Respiration

    1. Energy
      1. Definition
      2. Forms
    2. Laws of Energy
    3. Units of Energy
    4. Metabolic Pathways
      1. Anabolic
      2. Catabolic
    5. Enzymes/Coenzymes: Roles
    6. Energy Rich Compounds and their Formation
      1. ATP
      2. Chemiosmosis
    7. Autotrophic Metabolism vs. Heterotrophic Metabolism
    8. Chloroplast Structure
    9. Absorption Spectra of Chlorophylls (P680, P700)
    10. Photolysis
    11. Light Dependent Reactions
    12. Light Independent Reactions
    13. General Equation for Photosynthesis
    14. General Equation for Cellular Respiration
    15. Central Role of Carbohydrate Metabolism in Energy Production
    16. Contributions of Protein and Lipid Metabolism to Energy Production
    17. Mechanics of Glycolysis, Transition Reaction, Krebs Cycle, and the Electron Transport System
    18. Aerobic vs. Anaerobic Metabolism
    19. Hydrogen and Electron Carriers
    20. Efficiency of Energy Transitions from Glucose to ATP; production of ATP

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises

    1. Photosynthesis: sites, rates, conditions
    2. Fluorescence

    6. Cell Growth and Reproduction

    1. Mitosis and Cytokinesis
    2. Cell Structures Necessary to Division
    3. The Cell Cycle
    4. Mitosis in Detail
    5. Plant vs Animal Mitosis
    6. Mitosis vs Meiosis
    7. Ploidy
    8. Sexual Reproduction Contributing Variation in Genes
    9. Meiosis in Detail
    10. Tetrads, Crossing-over, and Non-disjunction
    11. Gametogenesis
    12. Tissue Formation Differentiation

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercise

    1. Plant and Animal Mitosis and Meiosis
    2. Plant and Animal Reproduction

    7. Mendelian Genetics

    1. Mendelian Principles
    2. Monohybrid, Dihybrid and Back Crosses
    3. Incomplete Dominance
    4. Linkage
    5. Multiple Alleles
    6. Cross-over and Variation
    7. Sex Linkage
    8. Punnett’s Square and Probability Theory
    9. Chromosome Mapping
    10. Gene Interaction: Epistasis

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercise

    1. Corn Genetics (seeds and plants)
    2. Taste Testing
    3. Human Traits
    4. Karyotypes

    8. Molecular Genetics

    1. Historical Evidence for DNA’s Role in Inheritance
    2. DNA: Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic
    3. DNA: Structural Organization, Watson and Crick Model
    4. Replication of DNA
    5. Transcription
    6. Translation
    7. Protein Synthesis
    8. The Genetic Code
    9. Mutations
    10. Recombinant DNA, Genetic Engineering

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercise

    1. DNA Model
    2. Pea Enzymes
    3. Sickle Cell Trait Slides
    4. DNA fingerprinting
    5. Fruit Fly Chromosomes
    6. DNA Extraction

    9. Evolution

    1. Evolutionary History and Current Theory
    2. Patterns and Rates of Evolution
    3. Speciation
    4. Geologic History of the Earth: Major Eras
    5. Hardy-Weinberg Model

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercise

    1. Genetic Drift Simulation
    2. Natural Selection Simulation
    3. Taste Testing/Application of Hardy-Weinberg Law

    10. Ecology (Basic Concepts)

    1. Levels of Organization in the Biosphere
    2. Ecosystem Structure
    3. Biotic and Abiotic Factors
    4. Biochemical Cycling
    5. Trophic Levels and Energy Transfers
    6. Niche and Habit
    7. Ecological Succession
    8. Population Interactions
    9. Reproductive Strategies

    Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercise

    1. Symbiosis
    2. Hay Infusion
    3. Nature Center
    4. Diversity of Life/Taxonomy

    OPTIONAL BIOL-1000 TOPICS

    Presented at the discretion of the instructor. No priority implied by position in list.

    1. Selected Plant and Animal Systems:
      1. Digestive
      2. Circulatory
      3. Respiratory
      4. Immune
      5. Reproductive
      6. Endocrine
      7. Nervous
      8. Excretory
    2. Animal Behavior
    3. Human Evolution
    4. Origin of Life
    5. Diversity of Life
    6. Multicellular Organization
    7. Population Dynamics: r and K strategists

    Primary Faculty
    Riddell, Pamela
    Secondary Faculty
    Nielubowicz, Greta
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 1010 - General Biology 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BIOL 1000  with grade C or better

    A lecture and laboratory course in principles of biological diversity: taxonomy and systematics, comparative physiology, evolution, and ecology of plants and animals.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the history of evolutionary ideas to date.

    Objectives:

    1. Discuss pre- and post-Darwinian evolutionary ideas.
    2. Outline Darwin’s major contributions to the theory of evolution.
    3. State and explain the evidence for evolution.
    4. Discuss the Hardy-Weinberg principle as it relates to microevolution.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss the history of classification, the three domains, and the six kingdoms of life.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe key contributions to taxonomy.
    2. Distinguish between prokaryotes and eukaryotes.
    3. Identify the three domains of organisms by their general characteristics and state examples of each domain.
    4. Identify the six kingdoms of organisms by their general characteristics and state examples of each kingdom.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify viral and bacterial structures and variations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the evolution of prokaryotes.
    2. Describe the basic structure of the prokaryotic cell.
    3. Describe bacterial diversity.
    4. Describe viral forms and diversity.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify protistan structures and variations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the origin of the eukaryotic cell.
    2. Describe the evolution of protists.
    3. Describe distinguishing characteristics of major protistan groups and cite examples of each.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify plant structures and variations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify adaptations of plants for land existence.
    2. Compare the life cycles of nonvascular and vascular plants.
    3. Compare the structures of gymnosperms to those of angiosperms.
    4. Discuss the structures of flowering plants and fruits.
    5. Differentiate between monocotyledons and dicotyledons.
    6. Describe methods of floral pollination.
    7. Give examples of specialized fruit dispersal.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify fungal structures and variations.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe fungal structure and nutrition.
    2. List the distinguishing characteristics of the major fungal phyla.
    3. Discuss fungal associations using lichens as an example.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify animalian structures and variations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify types of animal symmetry and give examples of each.
    2. Describe the development of body cavities.
    3. Describe the major characteristics of each animal phylum.
    4. Classify animals in their proper taxonomic categories.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Evolution (CLO #1)
      1. History of evolutionary thought
      2. Natural Selection and descent with modification
      3. Evidence for evolution
        1. Fossil record
        2. Molecular record
        3. Structural homology
        4. Embryonic development
        5. Vestigial structures
        6. Convergent evolution
        7. Biogeography
      4. Hardy-Weinberg principle
    2. Principles of taxonomy (CLO #2)
      1. History of classification of organisms
      2. Binomial naming system - Linnaeus
      3. Species concepts
      4. The taxonomic hierarchy
      5. The history of life on earth
        1. The evolution of prokaryotes
        2. The evolution of eukaryotes
        3. Origins of multicellularity
        4. Major life cycles
      6. Newer taxonomic methods
        1. Cladistics
        2. DNA hybridization
      7. The six kingdoms of organisms
        1. Archaebacteria
        2. Eubacteria
        3. Protista
        4. Plantae
        5. Fungi
        6. Animalia
    3. The Archaebacteria, Eubacteria, and Viruses (CLO #3)
      1. Prokaryotes vs eukaryotes
      2. Bacterial structure
      3. Bacterial variation
      4. Bacterial ecology and metabolic diversity
      5. Bacteria as pathogens
      6. Bacterial diversity
      7. Viral structure and diversity
    4. The protists (CLO #4)
      1. Evolutionary relationships of protists
      2. Features of eukaryotes
      3. Role of symbiosis in eukaryotic evolution
      4. Protistan phyla - including:
        1. Euglenoids - Euglenophyta
        2. Trypanosomes (kinetoplastids) - Zoomastigina
        3. Red Algae - Rhodophyta
        4. Green Algae - Chlorophyta
        5. Dinoflagellates - Dinophyta
        6. Apicomplexans - Apicomplexa
        7. Ciliates - Ciliophora
        8. Diatoms - Bacillariophyta
        9. Brown Algae - Phaeophyta
        10. Water molds or “egg fungi” - Oomycota
        11. Forams - Foraminifera
        12. Amoeboids - Rhizopoda
        13. Cellular Slime molds - Acrasiomycota
        14. Acellular or plasmodial slime molds - Myxomycota
        15. Choanoflagellates - Choanoflagellida
    5. Diversity of Plants (CLO #5)
      1. Evolutionary origin of plants
      2. Adaptations for land existence
      3. Plant life cycles
      4. Gametophyte specializations
      5. Nonvascular plants
        1. Hepaticophyta
        2. Anthocerotophyta
        3. Bryophyta
      6. Vascular plant features
      7. Seedless vascular plants
        1. Pterophyta
        2. Psilotophyta
        3. Lycophyta
        4. Sphenophyta (Arthrophyta)
      8. Seed plants - Gymnosperms
        1. Cycadophyta
        2. Ginkgophyta
        3. Gnetophyta
        4. Coniferophyta
      9. Seed plants - Angiosperms
        1. Anthophyta
      10. Flowering plants and vascular structures
        1. History of flowering plants
        2. Evolution of the flower
        3. Floral specializations
        4. Pollination of flowering plants
        5. Evolution of fruits
    6. The Fungi (CLO #6)
      1. Characteristics of fungi
        1. Nutrition and ecology
        2. Structure
        3. Reproduction
        4. Fungal associations
          1. Mycorrhizae
        5. Fungal Phyla - including:
          1. Chytrids - Chytridiomycota
          2. Zygomycetes - Zygomycota
          3. Arbuscular Mycorrhizal fungi - Glomeromycota
          4. Sac fungi - Ascomycota
          5. Club Fungi - Basidiomycota
    7. Animalia (CLO #7)
      1. General features of animals
      2. Origins of multicellularity
      3. Symmetry
      4. Body cavity development
      5. Protostomes vs deuterostomes
      6. Parazoa vs Eumetazoa
      7. Phylum Porifera
      8. Phylum Cnidaria
      9. Phylum Ctenophora
      10. Phylum Platyhelminthes
      11. Phylum Nematoda
      12. Phylum Rotifera
      13. Phylum Mollusca - body plan
        1. Class Gastropoda; characteristics and representatives
        2. Class Bivalvia; characteristics and representatives
        3. Class Cephalopoda: characteristics and representatives
      14. Phylum Annelida - body plan
        1. Class Polychaeta; characteristics and representatives
        2. Class Oligochaeta; characteristics and representatives
        3. Class Hirudinea; characteristics and representatives
      15. Phylum Arthropoda
        1. General characteristics
        2. Major groups of arthropods; Chelicerates vs Mandibulates
        3. Subphylum Chelicerata
          1. Class Arachnida
          2. Class Merostomata
        4. Subphylum Crustacea
        5. Subphylum Myriopoda
          1. Class Chilopoda
          2. Class Diplopoda
        6. Subphylum Hexopoda
          1. Class Insecta
        7. Metamorphosis; simple vs complete
      16. Phylum Echinodermata; general characteristics
        1. Class Crinoidea; structure and habitat
        2. Class Asteroidea; structure and function
        3. Class Echinoidea; structure and function
        4. Class Ophiuroidea; structure and function
        5. Class Holothuroidea; structure and behavior
      17. Relationship between Echinoderms and Chordates
      18. Garstang’s hypothesis: neotenous larva
      19. Phylum Chordata; general characteristics
        1. Subphylum Urochordata: the Tunicates
        2. Subphylum Cephalochordata: the Lancelets
      20. Characteristics of Phylum Chordata, Subphylum Vertebrata
      21. Fishes; history - Ostracoderms to modern ray-finned fish
      22. Evolution of the jaw
      23. Class Agnatha; characteristics and examples
      24. Class Chondrichthyes; characteristics and behavior
      25. Class Osteichthyes; important adaptations
        1. The Lungfish; relationship to Tetrapods
        2. The Coelacanths; relationship to Tetrapods
      26. Class Amphibia; origin and history
        1. Amphibian innovations for the invasion of the land
        2. Amphibian characteristics
        3. Amphibia; Orders Anura, Caudata(Urodela), and Apoda
      27. Class Reptilia; origin and history
        1. Reptilian characteristics
        2. Reptilia; Orders Chelonia, Rhynchocephala, Squamata (lizards and snakes) and Crocodilia
      28. Class Aves; origin and history
        1. Avian characterisitics
      29. Class Mammalia: origin and history
        1. Mammalian characteristics
        2. Mammalia; Subclasses Prototheria, Metatheria, and Eutheria
        3. Mammalian orders

    Primary Faculty
    Harnadek, Gordon
    Secondary Faculty
    Parman, Alan
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 1310 - Environmental Science

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly NATS 1310)

    This is a lecture/laboratory/field course that introduces the student to the principles of environmental science. Coverage includes basic ecological concepts, energy and material flow, growth and regulation of populations, community interactions, and the relationships of these topics to the role of humans in protecting and preserving world ecosystems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the abiotic and physical aspects of the environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagram the earth in relation to the sun and to show by that model how the seasons occur.
    2. Explain the properties of light.
    3. Describe several abiotic factors and how abiotic factors have different effects on organisms.
    4. Show why photosynthesis is such an important biochemical process.
    5. Describe several ways an organism can overcome the effects of abiotic factors.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the biotic aspects of the environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between producers, consumers and decomposers in terms of their ecological roles.
    2. Discuss and trace the flow of energy through an ecosystem.
    3. Describe an energy pyramid, a food chain, a food web, and show how/if this differs from a food chain and layers of a soil profile.
    4. Diagram and label the major components within the hydrologic cycle, carbon cycle, and the nitrogen cycle.
    5. Explain the process of photosynthesis as an important biochemical process. Describe the relationship between different plant pigments and different wavelengths and how altering the type of light available can have important consequences for the plant.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to summarize the process of ecological succession and the different kinds of biomes and aquatic ecosystems of the earth.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the relationship of change to ecological succession and compare and contrast primary and secondary ecological succession.
    2. Explain how the successive stages evolve from pioneer to climax communities.
    3. Explain how fire alters succession in grassland ecosystems and a pine forest.
    4. Describe the relationship between geography and biomes, the major geographic features of the U.S., and how the temperature/moisture effect affects the distribution of biomes and how particular biomes flourish in their proximity.
    5. Discuss the relationship between latitude and altitude in plant communities.
    6. Explain the use of a Quadrat and Transect in Ecological Investigations, in a laboratory setting.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe issues related to populations.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate between a species and a population; define niche and explain the various types of major roles an organism can play in an ecosystem, and show how the “competitive exclusion” principle works.
    2. Compare and contrast linear growth with exponential growth.
    3. Explain why biotic potential never proceeds unchecked.
    4. Discuss and give an example of intra and interspecific competition.
    5. Explain and give an example of a predator-prey and parasite-host relationships.
    6. Define demography, describe the several major characteristics which separate MDCs from LDCs.
    7. Describe events of the four phases of demographic transition.
    8. Define Population Density, Population Dispersion.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to explain the atmosphere and air pollution.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Describe the present composition of atmospheric gases and how the atmosphere of the Earth developed to it present composition.
    2. List several foreign atmospheric components and describe how they entered into the system.
    3. Describe the effects of air pollution.
    4. Describe the harmful effects of ultra violet radiation.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe solid waste management.

    Objectives: The student will:

    1. Explain how modern society contributes to the severity of solid waste disposal problems.
    2. Compare and contrast open dumping with a modern sanitary landfill.
    3. Organize solid waste by materials and categories and make suggestions to reduce the problem of solid waste.
    4. Describe solid waste management biodegradable, non-biodegradable and factors that facilitate these processes.
    5. List the problems associated with solid waste management.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to describe different kinds of energy sources.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the fossil fuels and explain why they are fossil and discuss how to achieve cleaner burning coal, and advantages and disadvantages of coal and natural gas as a fuel.
    2. Differentiate between renewable and non-renewable energy sources with examples; explain the primary environmental advantage of hydrogen as a fuel and describe electrolysis of water and show where you get the renewable energy to carry on the electrolysis process.
    3. Show how geothermal, wind, and solar energy can be classified as renewable sources of energy and be able to explain how ocean and tidal energy can be harnessed.
    4. Explain how energy is derived from biomass.
    5. Demonstrate an understanding of the heat insulating efficiency of a variety of materials, in a laboratory setting.
    6. Demonstrate an understanding of electromagnetic radiation.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain issues related to food.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how both indigenous people and developed countries threaten tropical rain forests.
    2. Describe food borne diseases, major symptoms, and explain how you would reduce occurrences.
    3. Explain land problems such as how erosion can be controlled; and show how desertification and salinization comes about in the tropics and in grasslands.
    4. List how genetic engineering can improve a food crop strain; give examples of biological control of crop pests and two water-saving techniques in agriculture.
    5. Define species-genetic-ecological diversity, human actions that cause today’s extinctions, the problem of exotic species, characteristics that promote species extinction and the roles that seed banks and zoos play in protecting life on Earth.
    6. Become familiar with the harmful effects of heavy metals.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Need for an Environmental Course
      1. Use and abuse of the environment
      2. Pragmatic approach of benefit versus loss
      3. Scientifically literate public
      4. Global ecology approach
      5. There is no longer an away in “throw-away”
    2. Science as Product and Process
      1. Science as process and product
      2. Definition of science
      3. Steps of the scientific method
      4. Induction and deduction in science
      5. Philosophy
      6. Science as a philosophy
      7. Empiricism
      8. Rationalism
      9. Pragmatism
      10. Scientific method and philosophy
      11. Controlled experimentation
      12. Publication and repeatability
      13. The basic honesty of scientific methodology
      14. Limitations of science
      15. Science and society interact
    3. The Abiotic Aspects of the Environment
      1. Earth and universe
      2. Nature of the atmosphere
      3. Nature of the hydrosphere
      4. Nature of the lithosphere
      5. Composition of atoms
      6. Basic atomic particles
      7. Construction of simple atoms
      8. Ionic, covalent & hydrogen bonds
      9. Fluid systems
      10. Diffusion
      11. Toxicity
      12. pH
      13. Energy
      14. The laws of thermodynamics
      15. Climate and seasons
      16. The electromagnetic spectrum
      17. Visible light
    4. The Biotic Aspects of the Environment
      1. The Biosphere
      2. Ecosystem structure
      3. The producers
      4. The consumers
      5. The decomposers
      6. Energy flow
      7. Pyramids of numbers
      8. Aerobic respiration
      9. The energy in glucose
      10. Food webs and food chains
      11. Nutrient cycles
      12. Soils
      13. The hydrologic cycle
      14. The carbon cycle
      15. The nitrogen cycle
      16. Free-living nitrogen-fixing bacteria
      17. Symbiotic nitrogen-fixing bacteria
      18. Nitrifying bacteria
      19. De-nitrifying bacteria
    5. The Basis of Population Interactions
      1. Species and populations
      2. Niche
      3. Population growth
      4. Charting population growth
      5. Sigmoid growth curve
      6. The logistic equation
      7. Regulation of population size
      8. Intraspecific competition
      9. Interspecific competition
      10. Predator - prey relationships
      11. Survival strategies of predators
      12. Survival strategies of prey
      13. Parasite and host
      14. Bubonic plague
      15. Malaria
    6. The Process of Ecological Succession
      1. Change as a phenomenon
      2. Ecosystem changes
      3. Ecological succession
      4. New field stage
      5. Old field stage
      6. Cottonwood stage
      7. Pine stage
      8. Oak-Hickory stage/pre-climax stage
      9. Beech - Maple stage/climax stage
      10. Bog lake succession
      11. Fire as an agent of ecological change
      12. Species dependence upon continual succession
    7. The Major Biomes of the World

    a. Geographic areas and atudinal gradients
    b. Altude and latude relaonships
    c. Tropical rain forests
    d. Savannas
    e. Deserts
    f. Grasslands
    g. Temperate deciduous forests
    h. Taiga
    i. Tundra
    j. Biomes of connental North America
    k. Temperate or coniferous rain forest
    l. Chaparral
    m. Great Salt Desert
    n. Mojave Desert
    o. Sonoran Desert
    p. Chihuahuan Desert
    q. Rocky Mountains
    r. Slope vegetaon: North, South, East and West
    s. Short Grass Prairie
    t. Mixed Grass Prairie
    u. Tall Grass Prairie
    v. Eastern Deciduous Forest
    w. Terrestrial biome summary
    x. Aquac ecosystems
    y. Marine ecosystems
    z. The ocean environment
    aa. Deepwater marine
    bb. Coral reefs and atolls

    1. The Human Population
      1. The impact of the human population on world ecosystems
      2. Carrying capacity
      3. Limitations of the physical world
      4. Demographics
      5. Statistics
      6. Birth rates and fertility rates
      7. Population growth rates
      8. Emigration and Immigration
      9. Methods to regulate population changes
      10. Family planning
    2. The Atmosphere
      1. Description of the atmosphere
      2. The early atmosphere of earth
      3. The present day atmospheric composition
      4. Plants and production of an oxygen atmosphere
      5. Atmospheric structure
      6. Patterns of air movement over the surface of the earth
      7. Uneven rainfall distribution
      8. Foreign atmospheric components
      9. Ozone layer problems and fluorocarbons
      10. Problems associated with acid rain
      11. Global warming and carbon dioxide buildup from fossil fuel consumption
      12. Problems associated with indoor air pollution
      13. Legionnaires disease
      14. Radon gas build up in homes
      15. Mold problems and respiration diseases
    3.   Water Resources
      1. Forms of water on Earth
      2. Water as a cycling, renewable resource
      3. Uneven distribution of precipitation and surface water
      4. Effects of precipitation and temperature on soil fertility
      5. Uses of water today: agricultural, industrial, & domestic
      6. Water distribution controversies
      7. Water managed as a renewable resource
      8. Municipal wastewater treatment schemes
      9. Primary, secondary and tertiary treatment of wastewater
      10. Municipal water supplies and problems of water purification
    4. Solid Waste Management
      1. Solid waste defined
      2. Historical perspective of waste management
      3. Modern dumps and sanitary landfills
      4. Society and generated waste
      5. Political and economic problems of waste management
      6. The changing materials mix
      7. Solutions which are effective
      8. Reduction of waste volume produced
      9. Re-use of products instead of discarding
      10. Recycling of waste
      11. Incineration to reduce volume
      12. Use of sanitary landfills to dispose of remainder
      13. Proactive rather than reactive political solutions
    5. Fossil Fuels as Energy Sources
      1. Depending upon sources of energy
      2. Real” cost of energy use
      3. Electric power
      4. Fossil Fuels
      5. Coal
      6. Strip mines
      7. Cleaner coal
      8. Atmospheric fluidized bed combustion
      9. Pressurized fluidized bed combustion
      10. Integrated coal gasification combined cycle
      11. Fuel cells
      12. Oil
      13. Oil shales and tar sands
    6. Nuclear Fission and Nuclear Fusion
      1. Harnessing nuclear energy
      2. Nuclear reactions
      3. Isotopes
      4. Decay schemes
      5. Nuclear fission of Uranium
      6. Nuclear reactors
      7. Fuel
      8. Moderator
      9. Control mechanisms
      10. Cooling mechanisms
      11. Protective shielding
      12. Breeder reactors
      13. Reprocessing and storage of nuclear waste
      14. Nuclear fusion
      15. The containment problem
      16. Radiation and its effects upon human tissues
      17. Nuclear safety problems
    7. Solar Sources of Energy
      1. Renewable and none renewable energy resources
      2. Solar energy as radiation
      3. New energy sources and price competition
      4. Photovoltaic cells and thermal conversion systems
      5. Hydrogen fuel from electrolysis of water
      6. Conventional energy storage batteries
      7. Nuclear thermochemical conversion
      8. Hydroelectric power
      9. Wind Power
      10. Geothermal power
      11. Ocean and tidal energy
      12. Energy from biomass by conversion
    8. Food and Agriculture: Past and Present
      1. Origins of agriculture
      2. Cultivation
      3. Changes in wheat genetics
      4. Farming techniques
      5. Grasses
      6. Processing of grains
      7. Bread baking
      8. Diet
      9. Water
      10. Carbohydrates
      11. Lipids
      12. Proteins
      13. Vitamins
      14. Water-soluble vitamins
      15. Fat-soluble vitamins
      16. Minerals
      17. Energy nutrients and human diet deficiencies
      18. Four world sources of caloric energy
      19. Wheat
      20. Corn (maize)
      21. Rice
      22. Potatoes
      23. World food problems: Industrialized agriculture
      24. Food borne diseases
      25. Farming of marginal lands
      26. Grasslands
      27. Wetlands
      28. Deserts
      29. Land on a slope
      30. Deforestation
    9. The Future of Agriculture
      1. Food and population
      2. Erosion and desertification
      3. Salinization
      4. Water saving techniques
      5. Laser leveling and rice crops
      6. Trickle irrigation
      7. Multiple cropping
      8. Windbreaks
      9. Genetic diversity
      10. Engineering a new species of plant
      11. Raised bed agriculture
      12. Aquaculture
      13. Mariculture
      14. Protein supplements
      15. Domestication of new animal species
      16. Weed control
      17. Integrated pest management

    Primary Faculty
    Gogolen, Kristin
    Secondary Faculty
    Steinkampf, Randall
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 1400 - Fundamentals of Nutrition

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A study of the nature and role of human nutrition with emphasis on changing needs in life’s cycle. The relationship between nutrition and health throughout life is explored. No lab.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the six classes of nutrients and their relationship to health, and the dietary reference intakes (DRIs) for each.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the six classes of nutrients.
    2. Describe in writing how factors such as early experience, customs, advertising, and economics can affect our food choices.
    3. List the functional roles of nutrients in the body.
    4. List six classes of nutrients and an example of a food that represents each class.
    5. Identify which of the classes of nutrients are considered organic and which are inorganic.
    6. State in writing the function of each of the classes of nutrients listed above.
    7. State in writing the unit of energy associated with food and list the caloric yield from each class of nutrients.
    8. Describe in writing the difference between a food, essential nutrient, non-essential nutrient, energy, and phytochemical.
    9. State the nutritional information required on a food label.
    10. State the goal of the Myplate and the groups that comprise it.
    11. List the Dietary Guidelines for Americans.
    12. Explain the difference between energy dense and nutrient dense foods.
    13. Distinguish between macronutrient and micronutrient
    14. Discuss ways nutrition can affect health
    15. Differentiate between malnutrition, overnutrition, and undernutrition.
    16. Discuss the importance of serving size
    17. Explain DRI(daily reference intakes), DV(daily values), RDA(recommended dietary allowances), AI(adequate intake), and UL(upper limit).
    18. Describe the health claims and label descriptions allowed by the FDA

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compare the function, requirements, and digestion of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins.

    Objectives: 

     1. State the two subclasses of carbohydrates and give an example of each.
     2. State two examples of the following types of carbohydrates:
         a. Monosaccharides.
         b. Disaccharides.
         c. Polysaccharides.
     3. State the function of each of these carbohydrate molecules in human nutrition:
         a. Glucose.
         b. Starch.
         c. Cellulose (fiber).
         d. Glycogen.
     4. List two substances classified as “fiber” and the consequences with inadequate intake.
     5. Describe the body’s use of glucose in ATP production and glycogen formation.
     6. Discuss the conditions that lead to the following carbohydrate problems:
         a. Lactose intolerance.
         b. Diabetes Type II and type I, their symptoms and treatment
         c. Hypoglycemia.
         d. Insulin resistance
         e. Diverticulitis
     7. Discuss glycemic index and load in regards to the effect on blood glucose levels.
     8. Describe the regulation of blood glucose levels including the hormones involved and the stimulus for their release.                   
     9. Describe the different types of artificial sweeteners.
    10. Name the four classes of lipids and their roles in nutrition.
    11. List the functions of lipids in the human body.
    12. Differentiate between saturated, polyunsaturated and monounsaturated fatty acids. Give examples of each type of fat in the diet.
    13. Explain why manufacturers hydrogenate fats and the possible health implications of consuming trans fatty acids formed during hydrogenation.    
    14. Identify the classes of lipoproteins (chylomicrons, VDL, LDL, and HDL) and explain their functions in the body.
    15. Discuss how carbohydrates and protein can be converted to fat.    
    16. Discuss the implications of lipids with respect to heart disease and obesity.
    17. Name some essential fatty acid and list food sources for each.
    18. Discuss Myplate groups related to lipids.
    19. Explain how the chemical composition of proteins differs from that of lipids and carbohydrates. 
    20. Describe and diagram how amino acids make up protein.
    21. Distinguish between essential and non-essential amino acids.
    22. Explain why adequate amounts of essential amino acids are required in the diet.
    23. List the functions of protein in the diet.
    24. Distinguish between complete and incomplete proteins.
    25. Explain nitrogen-balance and situations which affect nitrogen balance in the body.
    26. List the health risks associated with a diet too high or too low in protein.
    27. State the importance of proteins (particularly enzymes) and how they function.
    28. Calculate the RDA for protein for the adult.
    29. Explain how it is possible for vegetarians (or vegans) to obtain their necessary protein.
    30. Describe the denaturation of a protein.
    31. Discuss the Myplate groups related to protein, carbohydrates, and lipids.
    32. Describe the digestion and absorption of carbohydrates, lipids, and protein. 
    33. Calculate the calorie content of carbohydrates, lipids, protein, and alcohol from weight in grams.
    34. Explain how alcohol is absorbed, metabolized, and the problems of long-term consumption.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the roles of vitamins and minerals in nutrition.

    Objectives: 

    1. Classify vitamins as fat-soluble or water-soluble.
    2. List the major functions, toxicity symptoms, and deficiency symptoms for each fat and water-soluble vitamin.
    3. List important food sources for each fat and water-soluble vitamin.
    4. List ways that we can prevent foods from losing their vitamin content.
    5. Name the vitamins that are considered antioxidants and coenzymes.
    6. Debate a pro or con argument for vitamin supplement.
    7. Discuss the Myplate groups as they relate to vitamins.
    8. Define antioxidant, free radical, coenzyme, bioavailability, and choline. 
    9. List and explain the functions of water in the body and how much water is needed by adults..
    10. Name the organs and major minerals responsible for regulating the constancy of body salts and water balance.
    11. Classify the minerals as major or trace.
    12. List the major functions and deficiency symptoms for the minerals.
    13. List important food sources for the minerals.
    14. Describe the health conditions, dietary factors and other relationships that affect absorption, retention, and availability of some minerals, particularly iron and calcium.
    15. Define dehydration, diuretic, electrolyte, hypertension, mineral, osmosis, osteoporosis, solute, solvent, and water intoxication.
    16. Describe how the body regulates water intake and output to maintain water balance and the hormones involved.
    17. Describe the symptoms of dehydration

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the functions of major and accessory organs in digestion

    Objectives:

    1. List the major and accessory organs involved with digestion.  
    2. Distinguish between cell, tissue, organ, and organ system.
    3. Identify the organ systems of the body and how they function.
    4. Describe the mechanical and chemical processes that occur in each stage of digestion.
    5. Outline the absorption and transport process for each of the nutrient groups.
    6. Identify the organs and structures of the digestive system and the function of each.
    7. Define absorption, ATP, bolus, cellular respiration, chyme, digestion, enzyme, peristalsis, prebiotic, probiotic, and segmentation.
    8. Name the hormones and enzymes involved in digestion and describe the function of each
    9. Explain the role of mitochondria in cellular respiration.
    10. Describe the symptoms and treatments of following disorders.
      a. ulcers
      b. heartburn (acid reflux)
      c. diarrhea and constipation
      d. food allergies
      e. celiac disease
      f. gallstones

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize the relationship between energy balance, weight control, and physical activity with respect to health and nutrition.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the relationship between energy in and energy out.  Calculate the basal metabolic rate (BMR) and voluntary activity.
    2. List the factors that affect the BMR.
    3. Describe four methods of determining percentage of body fat composition and explain importance of percentage of fat composition.
    4. Evaluate the effectiveness of Body Mass Index as a tool for determining body weight .
    5. Define obesity and outline the risks to health posed by obesity.
    6. Describe how calorie intake, behavior modification, and increased physical activity fit into a weight control plan.
    7. Distinguish between anorexia, bulimia, and binge-eating disorder.    
    8. Keep food diary for three days, look up food composition and compare to recommended intakes.
    9. Distinguish between visceral and subcutaneous fat and the impact of each on health.
    10. Discuss the physiological and environmental factors that affect body weight.
    11. Describe the physiological signals that determine hunger and satiety and the hormones involved.
    12. Explain the concept of set point.
    13. Summarize the recommended strategies to promote weight control and compare to popular weight reduction diets.
    14. Explain the benefits of physical activity.
    15. Identify the energy sources used by the body during physical activity.
    16. Distinguish between muscle strength, muscle endurance, flexibility and cardiopulmonary endurance.
    17. List the major signs and symptoms of heat-related illness.
    18. Differentiate between anaerobic and aerobic production of energy and the advantages/disadvantages of each.
    19. Explain the importance of carbohydrate loading, and the consumption of water/sports drinks during exercise.
    20. Describe the importance played by vitamins and minerals during physical activity.
    21. List ergogenic aids and describe their effects on physical performance.   

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify proper storage and handling of food.

    Objectives:

     1. Identify federal agencies responsible for the safety of the U.S. food supply and the role of each.
     2. Explain how a HACCP (Health Hazard Critical Control Point) system helps prevent food-borne illness.
     3. Discuss how microbial food poisoning can be prevented (including cross contamination) and indicate which foods are particularly troublesome.
     4. Identify the viruses and bacteria that can cause food borne illness including:
         a. Norovirus
         b. Listeria monocytogenes
         c. Escherichia coli O157:H7
         d. Salmonella species
         3. Staphylococcus aureus
         f. Clostridium botulinum
     5. Identify the foods and symptoms with common food borne illnesses.
     6. List the four major food processing techniques and their impact on the nutrient content of food.
     7. Discuss the regulations concerning food additives and identify the roles of the major classes of additives.
     8. Identify sources of toxic environmental contaminants in foods and the related complications of ingestion.
     9. Explain how genetic engineering introduces new traits into plants and is being used to enhance the food supply.
    10. Describe how genetically modified foods are regulated to ensure safety.

    Outcome 7:    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the impact of health and nutrition during different stages of the human life cycle including pregnancy, early childhood, adolescence, and old age. 

    Objectives:

    1. Describe how maternal nutrition before and during pregnancy affects both the development of the fetus and the growth of the infant after birth.
    2. Compare the nutrient (including protein, vitamin, and mineral) needs of pregnant and non-pregnant women.
    3. Discuss the need for dietary supplements during pregnancy.
    4. Explain the impact of smoking, alcohol, drugs, and caffeine on pregnancy and the developing fetus.
    5. Explain pregnancy-induced hypertension (preeclampsia) and gestational diabetes.
    6. List the benefits of breastfeeding and indicate the changes a lactating woman needs to make in her diet to promote the health of her infant.
    7. Identify the hormones involved with the production and release of breast milk.
    8. Define fertilization, fetus, embryo, placenta, and colostrum.
    9. Identify dietary guidelines to meet basic nutritional needs for normal growth and development of an infant and discuss the do’s and don’ts associated with infant feeding.
    10. Describe the nutrient needs of young children, how they develop, and how they change as they grow.
    11. Discuss appropriate feeding practices including issues of choking, portion size, and snacking.
    12. Discuss nutrition-related concerns of children including the link between diet and behavior, the problem with lead, and the impact of television on nutrition.
    13. Discuss the health risks associated with obesity in children and adolescents.
    14. Compare and contrast the nutrient (including calcium and iron) and energy needs of children, adolescents, and the elderly. 
    15. List some the suspected connections between diet and disease.
    16. List the biological changes that occur during the aging process and discuss how these changes impact nutrition in older adults.


     


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Nutrition and Human Health
      1. Factors that influence food choices
      2. Six classes of nutrients and their role in body
      3. Energy yield of nutrients
      4. RDA for energy and nutrients
      5. Food labeling
      6. Dietary Guidelines
    2. Carbohydrates
      1. Simple Carbohydrates
        1. Monosaccharide structure, function and examples
        2. Disaccharide structure, function and examples
      2. Complex Carbohydrates
        1. Polysaccharides structure, function and examples
      3. Role of carbohydrates in the body
      4. Dietary guidelines for carbohydrates
      5. Abnormal use of carbohydrates
      6. Artificial sweeteners
    3. Lipids
      1. Triglycerides structure, function and examples
      2. Phospholipid structure, function and example
      3. Sterols structure, function and examples
      4. Digestion, transport, and absorption of lipids
      5. Role of lipids in the body
      6. Dietary recommendations for lipids
      7. Sources of lipids in reference to MyPlate
      8. Disease associated with lipid intake
    4. Protein
      1. Structure of proteins
      2. Essential and non-essential amino acids
      3. Digestion and absorption of proteins
      4. Role of protein
      5. Protein quality
      6. Dietary guidelines for protein
      7. Protein effect on health
      8. Vegetarian diets
      9. Food sources of protein
    5. Vitamins
      1. Characteristics of vitamins
      2. Classification by solubility
      3. Function and sources of each vitamin
      4. Deficiency diseases associated with vitamins
      5. Mega-dosing of vitamins
      6. Food preparation and vitamin conservation
      7. Vitamin supplementation
    6. Water and Minerals
      1. Functions of water in the body
      2. Characteristics of minerals
      3. Function and source of each mineral
      4. Deficiency diseases associated with minerals
      5. Mineral supplementation
      6. Factors affecting mineral absorption
    7. Digestive System
      1. Organs of the digestive system
      2. Mechanical digestion
      3. Chemical digestion
      4. Absorption, transport of nutrients
      5. Convertibility and storage of nutrients
    8. Energy, Physical Activity, and Weight Control
      1. Energy balance
      2. Body composition
      3. Obesity, definition and causes and risks
      4. Healthy weight loss
      5. Diet and physical activity
      6. Eating disorders
      7. Diet self-study
      8. Benefits of physical activity
      9. Energy sources for physical activity
      10. Heat-related illness
      11. Ergonomic aids
    9. Food Safety
      1. Food borne pathogens
      2. Preserving food
      3. Food contamination prevention
      4. Food borne illnesses
      5. GMO foods
      6. Government agencies involved
    10. Nutrition Through the Human Life Cycle
      1. Nutrition during pregnancy
      2. Disorders during pregnancy
      3. Nutrition and breast feeding in infants.
      4. Nutritional needs during childhood, adolescence, and old age
      5. Obesity in children and adolescents

    Primary Faculty
    Wylie, Kristin
    Secondary Faculty
    Kelly, Cathy
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 2400 - General Microbiology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BIOL 1000  with grade C or better

    An introduction to the study of bacteria and other microorganisms emphasizing the interrelationships of their anatomy, physiology, and biochemistry to their roles in the living environment. Designed to meet the requirements of the science major and preprofessional student.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate use of critical thinking in the understanding of the microbial world.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate basic laboratory skills used in the study of microorganisms.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the basic principles of microbial physiology and anatomy.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to summarize basic microbial interactions with other life forms including man.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe methods of controlling microbial growth in both living and non-living environments.

    Objectives:

    1. Unit I. General Introduction
      1. Develop the ability to use the microscope that is equipped with an oil immersion lens
      2. Identify the various theories that have led up to the modem theory of microbes.
      3. Identify the species of bacteria, algae, fungi, and protozoans.
      4. Identify the specific names of organisms with the disease activity with which they are associated.
      5. Differentiate between prokaryotic and eukaryotic organization by their structure and function.
      6. Demonstrate the various methods of microbial growth.
      7. Describe the process of metabolism and enzyme production of microbes.
      8. Describe the genetics of microbes.
      9. Apply the chemical and physical techniques of microbial control.
      10. Describe the various types of immunity responses to microbes in cells.
      11. Describe the epidemiology of infectious disease.
      12. Describe the sanitation microbiology, food microbiology, and industrial microbiology.
        1. Outline of Specific Topics
          1. History of Microbiology
          2. Diversity of Organisms Included in Microbiology
          3. Contributions of Microbiology to Modern Life
        2. Performance Objectives
          Upon completion of this unit, the student should be able to achieve the following performance
          Objectives:
          1. Describe the major groups of organisms that are included in microbiology.
          2. Describe the contributions of individual scientist to the development of the science of microbiology.
          3. Explain the concepts of spontaneous generation and biogenesis and the experiments of Pasteur to affirm biogenesis.
          4. List the developments that lead to the germ theory of disease.
          5. Relate the contributions that Koch’s Postulates have made to the procedures of microbiology.
          6. Relate five important areas of modern life to which microbes make contributions.
        3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
          1. Become familiar with the compound microscope equipped with an oil immersion lens.
          2. Observe under the microscope examples of the diverse types of microbes.
        4. Audiovisual Materials
          1. New Look at Bacteria, ¾” VC; MCC AV
    2. Unit II. Classification and Survey of Microbes
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Five Kingdom Classifications of Organisms
        2. Bergey’s Manual Revision
        3. Important Species of Bacteria Grouped by Bergey’s Manual
        4. Important Species of Algae, Fungi, Protozoan
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. State the importance and need for classification.
        2. List taxonomic ranks.
        3. Describe early and modern approaches to classification.
        4. Describe how nucleic acid X base composition and nucleicacid hybridization studies will contribute to new classification of Monera.
        5. Describe how sequence studies of ribosomal RNA have led to an evolutionary classification bacteria.
        6. List at least 6 characteristics used to classify and identify bacteria according to Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bactriology.
        7. In a chart form, list the scientific name of the organisms with the disease or activity with which they are associated.
          1. Treponema palladium
          2. Klevsiella pneumonia
          3. Leptospira ap.
          4. Chlamydia trachomatis
          5. Pseudomonas aeruginosa
          6. Staphylococcus aureus
          7. Legionella sp
          8. Bacillus anthracis
          9. Neisseria gonorrhoeae
          10. Clostridium tetani
          11. Bordetalla pertussis
          12. Clostridium botulinum
          13. Rhizobium sp.
          14. Corynebacterium diptheriae
          15. Azotobacter sp.
          16. Mycobactgerium tuberculosis
          17. Eschrichia coli
          18. Muycobacterium leprae
          19. Salmonella sp.
          20. Actinmhces sp.
          21. Yersinia pestis
          22. Streptomyces sp
            (List of organisms may vary with instructor)
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Staining Techniques
          1. Prepare wet-mount smears from agar slant and broth cultures.
          2. Prepare following stains: simple gram, spore, acid-fast, capsule.
          3. Determine motility by hanging drop.
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. Fungi, 16 mm film; MCC -A.V.
        2. Viruses, 16 mm film; MCC -A.V.
    3. Unit III. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic Structure and Function
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Cell Shape
        2. Surface Structures
        3. Cell Wall
        4. Internal Structures
        5.  Endospores
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Relate the function of the following structures found in typical prokaryotic cells:
          1. Capsule
          2. Flagella
          3. Pili
          4. Cell wall
          5. plasma membrane
          6. Endospores
          7. Nucleoid
          8. Ribosomes
        2. Describe the unique structure of the peptidoglycan layer of the cell wall of prokaryotes.
        3. Relate the structure of gram (+) and gram (-) cell walls to their Gram stain characteristics.
        4. Describe the function of the following structures found in typical eukaryotic cells:
          1. Flagella and cilia
          2. Cell wall
          3. Plasma membrane
          4. Nucleus
          5. Endoplasmic
        5. Distinguish the principal differences between prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.
        6. Relate the theory about the evolutionary origin of eukaryotic cells from primitive prokaryotes.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Culture Techniques
          1. Pure culture methods
          2. Selective, differential, and enriched media
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. Microbial Cell Structures, 35 mm slides and cassette, MCC Biology Department
    4. Unit IV. Microbial Growth
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Physical and Chemical Requirements
        2. Culture Methods
        3. Growth Measurement
        4. Open and Closed Growth Systems
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. List the basic nutrients required for bacterial growth.
        2. Identify the role and common sources of:
          1. Nitrogen.
          2. Carbon.
          3. Vitamins.
          4. Growth factors.
          5. Mineral salts in media.
        3. List the external conditions necessary for bacterial growth.
        4. Categorize bacteria according to their optimal growth by:
          1. Temperature.
          2. pH.
          3. Gaseous requirement.
          4. Osmotic pressure.
        5. List how bacteria are enumerated:
          1. Direct methods.
          2. Indirect methods.
        6. Draw the bacterial growth curve and list what occurs in each phase.
        7. Chemostate flow rate of substrate set. List two types of continuous culture devices and how they are used to study cell growth:
          1. Chemostate - flow rate of substrate set.
          2. Turbidoetats - optical measure of culture controls flow rate of substrate.
        8. Define cell mass and cell number and how they are measured.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Environmental Growth Requirements
          1. Temperature
          2. Oxygen
        2. Cell Population Determination Methods
      4. Audiovisual Materials
    5. Unit V. Metabolism and Enzymes
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Nutritional Patterns
        2. Oxidation-Reduction Reactions
        3. Enzyme Nomenclature
        4. Factors Influencing Enzyme Activity
        5. Enzyme Inhibition
        6. Catabolic and Anabolic Metabolism
        7. Anaerobic Respiration and Fermentation
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Define metabolism and describe the fundamental differences between anabolism and catabolism.
        2. Describe the mechanics of enzyme action and list the factors that effect enzyme activity.
        3. List three types of phosphorylation reactions that generate ATP.
        4. Explain oxidation-reduction reactions and their relation to metabolism.
        5. List the nutritional patterns of organisms.
        6. List the reactant and the product molecules of glycolysis.
        7. List the reactants and products of Kreb’s cycle.
        8. Compare aerobic and anaerobic respiration.
        9. Describe the reactions and list some products of fermentation.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. DNA Recombination and Cloning in Host E.  Coli
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. 100 Years of Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory ½” VC, MCC -A.V.
    6. Unit VI. Microbial Genetics
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Structure of Prokaryotic Chromosome
        2. Prokaryotic Plasmid
        3. Protein Synthesis and Genetic Code
        4. Mutations
        5. Transformation, Conjugation, Transduction
        6. Gene Engineering
        7. Operon Model
        8. Recombinant DNA technology and Genomics
        9. Proteomics
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Review the structure of DNA, RNA, and proteins.
        2. Review the relationship of DNA à RNA à protein.
        3. Assemble proteins by using the genetic code.
        4. Understand the unique structure of and replication of the haploid prokaryotic chromosome.
        5. Understand the structure and function of the plasmid.
        6. Understand the significance of mutation frequency, mutagenic agents, and methods of selection for mutations in prokaryotes.
        7. Distinguish the difference between the three methods of gene transfer in prokaryotes:
          1. Transformation.
          2. Conjugation.
          3. Transduction.
        8. Understand that the Inc operon model will be used as an example of gene regulation.
        9. Discuss recombinant DNA technology, including such terms as cloning, PCR reaction, reverse transcriptase, and homologous sections of DNA as part of the discussion.
        10. Define the terms genomics and proteomics as well as give examples of how these kinds of studies can be applied to microbiology.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Physiological Growth Characteristics
      4. Audiovisual Materials
    7. Unit VII. Control of Microbes
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Chemical Control Methods
        2. Mode of Action
        3. Factors Affecting Action
        4. Physical Control Methods
        5. Antimicrobial Chemotherapeutic Agents
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Define the following terms:
          1. Sterilization.
          2. Disinfection.
          3. Antisepsis.
          4. Germicide.
          5. Bacteriostasis.
          6. Asepsis.
          7. Degerming.
          8. Sanitization.
        2. Describe the patterns of microbial death caused by treatment with control agents.
        3. List the physical methods of control.
        4. List the chemical method of control.
        5. Define a chemotherapeutic agent and distinguish between a synthetic and an antibiotic.
        6. Identify 5 methods of action of antimicrobial agents.
        7. Describe the problems of chemotherapy for viral, fungal, protozoan, and helminthic infections.
        8. Describe 3 tests for microbial susceptibility.
        9. Describe the mechanisms of drug resistance.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Control Methods
          1. Antibiotic and antiseptic evaluation
          2. U-V light control
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. Carbohydrate Metabolism and Energy Production by Microorganisms. 35 mm slides and audiocassette; MCC -Biology Department
    8. Unit VIII. Immune Response
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Four Kinds of Acquired Immunity
        2. Structure and Function of the Antigen and Antibodies
        3. Humoral and Cell-Mediated Immunity
        4. Immune Response
        5. Vaccines
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Contrast the 4 kinds of acquired immunity.
        2. Define the following:
          1. Immunity.
          2. Antigen.
          3. Anamnestic response.
          4. Iymphokines.
          5. Monoclonal antibody.
        3. Describe the structural and chemical characteristics of antibodies.
        4. Compare and contrast humoral and cell-mediated immunity.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Identification of Unknown Organisms. (cant.)
        2. Antigen - Antibody Rx - Agglutination.
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. Immune Response, 16 mm film; MCC - A.V.
        2. Immunology: The Fighting Edge, MCC - A.V.
    9. Unit IX. Epidemiology and Infectious Disease
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Principles of Epidemiology
        2. Modes of Transmission
        3. Control Measures
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Define normal flora and discuss how it may become an agent of disease.
        2. List Koch’s postulates.
        3. Define a reservoir of infection; contrast human, animal and non-living reservoirs.
        4. Explain the importance of nosocomial infections.
        5. Explain four methods of transmission of disease.
        6. Categorize disease according to incidence.
        7. Describe the methods of epidemiologic investigation.
        8. Differentiate between communicable and a non-communicable disease.
        9. Define portal of entry, pathogenicity and virulence.
        10. Explain the common portals of entry.
        11. Discuss the methods by which the pathogen penetrates the host defense.
        12. Compare exotoxine and endotoxins.
    10. Unit X. Environmental Microbiology
      1. Outline of Specific Topics
        1. Sanitation Microbiology
          1. Waste water treatment
          2. Solid waste disposal
          3. Natural water stratification
        2. Food Microbiology
          1. Food preparation
          2. Food spoilage
        3. Industrial microbiology
          1. Medical products
          2. Chemical products
      2. Performance Objectives
        Upon completion of this unit, the student will be able to:
        1. Describe the freshwater habitats of microorganisms.
        2. Discuss the causes and effects of eutrophication.
        3. Compare primary, secondary, and tertiary sewage treatments.
        4. Explain how water is tested for bacteriologic quality.
        5. Outline the carbon and nitrogen cycles and explain the roles of microorganisms in these cycles.
        6. Provide a brief history of the development of food preservation.
        7. Describe low-temperature preservation and aseptic packaging.
        8. Define pasteurization and explain why dairy products are pasteurized.
        9. Outline four beneficial activities of microorganisms in food production.
      3. Related Educational Unit - Laboratory Exercises
        1. Environmental Testing Methods
          1. Water testing
          2. Bacterial counts of food
        2. Normal flora
          1. Hand washing
          2. Nose, throat culture
      4. Audiovisual Materials
        1. Conquest of the Parasites, 1/21 VC; MCC -A.V. Department

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Core Lecture Topics

    1. General introduction
    2. Survey of microbiological organisms
    3. Prokaryotic and eukaryotic structure and function
    4. Microbial growth
    5. Metabolism and enzymes
    6. Microbial genetics
    7. Control of microbes
    8. Immune response
    9. Epidemiology and infectious disease
    10. Environmental microbiology

    Core Lab Topics

    1. Microscope use and survey of microbes
    2. Staining techniques
    3. Culture techniques
    4. Environmental growth requirements
    5. Control methods
    6. Physiological growth characteristics
    7. Identification of unknown organisms
    8. Environmental testing methods
    9. Normal flora
    10. Recombinant DNA techniques using microbes

    Primary Faculty
    Talbot, Amanda
    Secondary Faculty
    Kelley, Mary
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 2710 - Human Physiological Anatomy

    Credit Hours: 6.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Students will NOT receive credit for both BIOL 2710 and BIOL 2310. This course is designed for students in Health and Human Services programs. It is an intensive lecture/laboratory course emphasizing the basic concepts and principles of human anatomy and physiology. BIOL 1000 is strongly recommended as a prerequisite to BIOL 2710 for those planning to transfer to a four-year health science program.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify a specific set of human anatomical structures.

    Objectives: In a laboratory setting, using bones, models, charts and dissected specimens, students will identify human anatomical structures for the following systems:

    1. Integument.
    2. Skeletal system.
    3. Skeletal muscular system.
    4. Nervous system.
    5. Endocrine system.
    6. Cardiovascular system.
    7. Lymphatic system.
    8. Respiratory system.
    9. Urinary system.
    10. Digestive system.
    11. Reproductive system.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the organization of the human body, chemical principles, and the cell.

    Objectives: The student will describe:

    1. Structural organization of the human body
    2. Cell chemistry.
    3. Metabolism and how it relates to homeostasis.
    4. Cell structure and function.
    5. Cellular transport.
    6. The stages of mitosis.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the tissues, membranes, and glands in the human body.

    Objectives: The student will describe the:

    1. Structure and function of the four primary tissue types.
    2. Structure and function of four different types of membranes.
    3. Different types of glands and give an example of each.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the physiology of each system of the human body and how their interaction helps to maintain homeostasis.

    Objectives: The student will demonstrate a working knowledge of the:

    1. Skeleton system and articulations.
    2. Skeletal muscular system.
    3. Nervous system and sense organs.
    4. Endocrine system.
    5. Cardiovascular system.
    6. Lymphatic system.
    7. Respiratory system.
    8. Digestive system.
    9. Urinary system.
    10. Reproductive system.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Organization of the Body, Chemical Principles and Cell
      1. Levels of Organization
      2. Homeostasis and its control mechanisms
      3. Elements and Compounds
      4. Chemical Bonds and Reactions
      5. Inorganic and Organic Molecules
      6. Metabolism
      7. Cell Membranes, Organelles, and Nucleus
      8. Movement of Substances Through Cell Membranes
      9. Mitosis - Growth and Stages
    2. Tissues, Membranes, and Glands
      1. Epithelial Tissues
      2. Connective Tissues
      3. Muscle Tissues
      4. Nervous Tissues
      5. Membranes
      6. Skin and its Appendages/Integumentary System
    3. Skeletal System and Articulations
      1. Skeletal System functions
      2. Skeletal tissue
        1. Microscopic structure of bone
        2. Long bone structure
        3. Development and growth of bone
        4. Cartilage
      3. Division of skeletal system
      4. Articulations
    4. Skeletal Muscles
      1. Functions of Muscular System
      2. Structure and function of skeletal muscle tissue
      3. Structure and function of skeletal muscle organ(s)
      4. Physiology of skeletal muscle contraction
      5. Types of muscle organ contractions
    5. Nervous System and Sense Organs
      1. Nervous system cells
      2. Physiology of neurons
      3. Divisions of nervous system
      4. Spinal cord structure and functions
      5. Brain structures and functions
      6. Cerebrospinal fluid formation, circulation & composition
      7. Autonomic nervous system
      8. Sense organs - eye and ear
    6. The Endocrine Systems
      1. Mechanisms of Hormone action
      2. Hypothalamus and the pituitary gland
      3. Pituitary gland location and hormones
      4. Thyroid gland location and hormones
      5. Parathyroid gland location and hormones
      6. Adrenal gland location and hormones
      7. Pancreas - Islets of Langerhans and hormones
      8. Ovaries and testes location and hormones
    7. Blood, Cardiovascular and Lymphatic Systems
      1. Blood cells - formation, types and functions
      2. Blood groups
      3. Blood coagulation
      4. Heart - structure, location and physiology
      5. Portal and fetal circulation
      6. Structures and functions of lymphatic system
      7. Lymph circulation routes
      8. Thymus and spleen functions
    8. Respiratory System
      1. Anatomy of the respiratory system
      2. Functional components of the respiratory system
      3. Mechanism of pulmonary ventilation
      4. Volumes of air exchanged in pulmonary ventilation
      5. Types of breathing
      6. External respiration and gas transport
      7. Internal respiration and regulations of respiration
    9. Digestive System and Metabolism
      1. Anatomy of the digestive system
      2. Physiology of the digestive system
        1. Mechanical digestion
        2. Chemical digestion and enzymes
        3. Control of digestive gland secretion
        4. Absorption
      3. Metabolism
        1. Carbohydrates
        2. Lipids
        3. Proteins
    10. The Urinary System
      1. Kidneys: Location
        1. Internal structure
        2. Microscopic structure and function
        3. Blood vessels
        4. Regulation of urine volume
      2. Ureters - structure and function
      3. Urinary bladder - structure and function
      4. Urethra - structure and function
      5. Urine - physical and chemical features
    11. Fluid and Electrolyte Balance/Acid-Base Balance
      1. Total body water
      2. Body fluid compartments
      3. Avenues of water entry and exit
      4. Mechanisms that maintain homeostasis of fluid volume
      5. Chemical content and distribution of electrolytes
      6. Mechanisms that control pH of body fluids
        1. Buffer mechanism
        2. Respiratory mechanism
        3. Urinary mechanism
      7. Acid-base imbalances
    12. Reproduction and Development
      1. Meiosis, oogenesis and spermatogenesis
      2. Male reproductive structures and functions
      3. Female reproductive structures and functions
      4. Breasts - structure, function and lactation
      5. Menstrual cycle
      6. Menarche and menopause

    Primary Faculty
    Scott, Felicia
    Secondary Faculty
    Clare, Michael; Martin, Darlene
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BIOL 2730 - Pathogenic Microbiology

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This lecture/laboratory course is designed for students in Health and Human Services programs. An introduction to the study of medically significant microbes from groups such as the viruses, bacteria, and fungi, emphasizing their relationships to mankind, especially pertaining to disease production.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will understand the principles of pathogenic microbiology.

    Objectives: The student will describe:

    1. The science of microbiology and the origin of microorganism related to health and disease in humans.
    2. The molecules associated with the life of microorganisms.
    3. And show laboratory proficiency in the use of microbiological laboratory methods, especially aseptic technique, cloning and identification of bacteria.
    4. The cell structure of prokaryotic and eukaryotic microorganisms.
    5. The dynamics of metabolism, growth, and cell reproduction.
    6. And show laboratory control of microbial growth.
    7. The central dogma of biology and its application to the genetics of microorganisms, viruses, and self-replicating molecules like prions that are involved in human health and disease
    8. An understanding of microbial genomics, recombinant DNA technology, and biotechnology.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will understand the types and uses of microorganisms as they relate to pathogenic microbiology.

    Objectives: The student will describe:

    1. And demonstrate the method used to isolate, subculture, identify and classify prokaryotic cells related to health and disease of humans.
    2. The diversity of prokaryotic microorganisms related to the health and disease of humans.
    3. The diversity of eukaryotic microorganisms related to the health and disease of humans.
    4. The diversity among viruses, prions, and viroids related to health and disease of humans. 5. The viruses that infect bacteria.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will understand the principles of the human-microbe interaction.

    Objectives: The student will demonstrate a working knowledge of:

    1. Microorganisms related to healthy humans.
    2. Microorganisms related to diseased humans.
    3. Human’s innate immune response.
    4. Human’s innate adaptive immune response.
    5. The application of the immune response in diagnostic immunology.
    6. The four major immunological disorders.
    7. Epidemiology, public health, and common nosocomial infections.
    8. How to prevent disease produced by pathogenic microorganism using chemotherapy, immunization and hygiene.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will understand the human diseases caused by microorganisms and their portals of entry into the humans body.

    Objectives: The student will demonstrate a working knowledge of infections of:

    1. Various human body surfaces like the skin.
    2. The human’s respiratory tract.
    3. The human’s gastrointestinal tract.
    4. The human’s urogenital tract.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Principles of Microbiology: Life and Death of Microorganisms
      1. Humans and the Microbial World
        1. Definition of microbiology
        2. Branches of Microbiology
        3. Characteristics of medical or pathogenic microbiology
        4. Discovery of the microbial world
        5. Controversy of spontaneous generation
        6. Concept of sterilization
        7. Role of microorganisms in the transformation of organic matter
        8. Role of microorganisms in the causation of disease
        9. Role of microorganisms in the investigation of basic biological phenomena
        10. Measurements in microbiology
        11. Sizes of organisms
      2. The Molecules of Life
        1. The chemical composition of the universe compared to microorganisms
        2. Atoms and elements
        3. Chemical bonds and the formation of molecules
        4. Covalent bonds
        5. Nonpolar and polar bonds
        6. Ionic bonds
        7. Hydrogen bonds
        8. The chemical components of microbial cells
        9. Proteins
        10. Carbohydrates
        11. Lipids
        12. Nucleic acids
      3. Microscopy and Cell Structure
        1. Cell structure
        2. Prokaryotic and Eukaryotic cell structure
        3. The three domains of cell classification
        4. Bacterial morphology & staining
        5. Spore cycle
      4. Dynamics of Prokaryotic Growth
        1. Nutrition, metabolism, & growth
        2. Macro & micro nutrients
        3. Growth factors
        4. Culture media
        5. Cell & population growth
        6. Measurement of growth
        7. Growth curve for bacterial reproduction by binary fission
        8. Physical & chemical factors that effect growth
        9. Osmosis
        10. Effect of oxygen
      5. Control of Microbial Growth
        1. Strategies for control - Chemotherapy, Vaccination, Epidemiology
        2. Disinfection, Antiseptics, Sanitation, & Sterilization
        3. Physical & chemical methods for control
        4. Microbial Killing Curves
        5. Lethal effects of temperature & Radiation
        6. Filtration methods for control
        7. Chemical agents
      6. Metabolism: Fueling Microbial Growth
        1. Metabolism, control of metabolism, and metabolic pathways
        2. Energy and respiration in cells
        3. Biological oxidations
        4. Manipulation of energy by a cell
        5. Trapping of energy and Adenosine Triphosphate
        6. Types of cells based on metabolism
        7. Energy classes of microorganisms
        8. Oxidation-reduction reaction
        9. Electron carriers and coenzymes
        10. Glycolysis, Krebs cycle, & Electron transport
        11. Fermentation
      7. The Blueprint of Life, from DNA to Protein
        1. Characteristics of DNA and RNA
        2. Central dogma of biology
        3. Chromosome and plasmid replication
        4. Genes, gene expression - transcription & translation
        5. Genomics, bioinformatics, and gene maps
    2. Molecular Biology of the Prokaryotic Cell and The Diversity of the Microbial World
      1. Bacterial Genetics
        1. Gene function
        2. Arrangement of genes on the chromosome
        3. Linkage maps
        4. Gene mutations and mutagens
        5. Consequence of mutations
        6. Point and frameshift mutations
        7. Mutagens and repair of mutations
        8. Phenotypes of bacterial mutations
        9. Population dynamics
        10. Mechanisms of gene transfer - Transformation, Transduction, and conjugation
      2. Molecular biology: Recombinant DNA and Biotechnology
        1. Genetic engineering
        2. Products of genetic engineering
        3. Amplification of DNA
        4. DNA Fingerprinting
      3. Classification and Identification of Prokaryotes
        1. Microbial evolution
        2. Systematics
        3. Taxonomy
        4. Three Domains
        5. Characteristics of the primary Domain
        6. Nomenclature and Bergey’s Manual
        7. Various taxonomical methods used in classification
      4. The Diversity of Prokaryotic Organisms
        1. Anaerobic chemotrophs
        2. Anoxygenic phototrophs
        3. Oxygenic phototrophs
        4. Aerobic chemoorganotrophs
        5. Animals as habitats
      5. The Eukaryotic Members of the Microbial World
        1. The Eukarya
        2. Phototrophic algae
        3. Fungi - molds and yeast
        4. Slime molds
        5. Protozoa
      6. Viruses of Bacteria
        1. Physical and chemical properties
        2. Discovery
        3. Properties
        4. Structure
        5. Enzymes
        6. Classification
        7. Cultivation
        8. Replication and one-step growth curve
        9. Detection
        10. Lytic and lysogenic cycles
      7. Viruses of Animals
        1. DNA viruses
        2. RNA viruses
        3. Oncogenic viruses
        4. Viroids
        5. Prions
        6. Retroviruses
    3. Microoorganisms and Humans
      1. Nonspecific Immunity
        1. Natural resistance
        2. Cellular and humoral
        3. Interferon
        4. Phagocytosis
        5. Complement and complement fixation
        6. Natural killer cells
      2. Specific acquired Immunity
        1. Antigens - structure and function
        2. Antibodies - structure and function
        3. Humoral and cell-mediated immunity
        4. T-Cells
        5. B-Cells
        6. Phagocytic Cells
        7. Maturation of lymphocyte stem cells
        8. Primary and secondary antibody response to antigens
        9. Types of acquired specific immunity - active, passive, natural, artificial
        10. Cellular communication in the immune system - cytokines, lymphokines, and interleukins
        11. Inflammation and the inflammatory response
        12. Immunological tolerance
        13. Control of the immune response
      3. Applications of Immune Responses
        1. The role of immunodiagnostics in the clinical laboratory
        2. Types of immunological reactions
        3. Agglutination, precipitation, enzyme-linked immunosorbant assays, monoclonal antibodies, fluorescent antibody techniques, radioimmunoassay, immunoblot procedures, and nucleic acid probes
      4. Immunological Disorders
        1. Allergies and allergens
        2. Four types of hypersensitivity reactions in animals
      5. Host-Microbe Interactions
        1. Major relationships
        2. Normal microbiota
        3. Types of bacterial infections
        4. Determinants of bacterial pathogenesis
        5. Toxoids and antitoxins
        6. Stages of an infectious disease
      6. Epidemiology
        1. Prevention of disease by avoiding exposure
        2. Prevention of disease by immunization
        3. Treatment of disease with antimicrobial agents
        4. Classification of diseases
        5. Centers for Disease Control (CDC)
      7. Antimicrobial Medications
        1. Antimicrobials and antibiotics
        2. Mode of action of major antibacterial antibiotics and growth factor analogs
        3. Antibiotic resistance
    4. Infectious Diseases
      1. Skin Infections
        1. Characteristics and structure of human skin
        2. Bacterial diseases and agents
        3. Arthropod-borne diseases
        4. Viral diseases
        5. Mycological diseases
      2. Respiratory Tract Infections
        1. Host defense mechanisms
        2. Bacterial diseases
        3. Viral diseases
        4. Fungal diseases
      3. Gastrointestinal Tract Infections
        1. Pathogens that enter the body via the digestive tract
        2. Toxins and infections
        3. Bacterial diseases
        4. Viral diseases
        5. Fungal diseases
        6. Protozoan diseases
      4. Urogenital Tract Infections
        1. Pathogens that enter the body via the urogenital tract
        2. Structure and function of the urogenital tracts
        3. Bacterial diseases
        4. Viral diseases
        5. Fungal diseases
        6. Protozoan diseases

    Primary Faculty
    Michalewicz, Joseph
    Secondary Faculty
    Kelley, Mary
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Building Construction & Maintenance

  
  • ATBC 1180 - Construction-Electrical Blueprint Reading (Residential)

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The interpretation of residential plans, wiring diagrams, wiring systems, and specifications. The National Electric Code regulations that apply to each step of the installation are analyzed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify electrical symbols and notations used on electrical drawings.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given a set of residential construction prints, the student will interpret the lines and symbols that refer to electrical installation.
    2. Given a set of residential construction prints, the student will interpret the descriptions and notations that refer to electrical installation.
    3. Given a set of installation drawings, the student will interpret the schematic wiring diagrams that refer to electrical power distribution.

    Outcome 2:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine the proper conductor sizes for residential wiring installation.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given the current National Electrical Code, the student will explain the requirements for calculating branch circuit sizing and loading.
    2. Given the current National Electrical Code, the student will estimate the loads for the outlet of a circuit.
    3. Given the current National Electrical Code, the student will determine the demand factors for various appliances.
    4. Given a set of residential construction prints, the student will calculate the watt loss and the voltage drop in two-wire and threewire circuits.

    Outcome  3:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proper wiring connections.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the text and the National Electrical Code, the student will identify the correct wiring connections for various switches.
    2. Given the text and the National Electrical Code, the student will identify grounded and ungrounded conductors.
    3. Given the text and the National Electrical Code, the student will explain how a wall box can be grounded.
    4. Given the text and the National Electrical Code, the student will identify the proper switch for a specific installation.
    5. Given the text and the National Electrical Code, the student will identify when GFCI protection is required.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction, Codes & Standards / Electrical Symbols
    2. Small Appliance Circuits / Conductors
    3. Switching and GFI’s
    4. Fixtures and Bedroom
    5. Master Bedroom, Bathroom and Halls
    6. Entry, Kitchen, Living Room
    7. Study and Bedroom
    8. Appliances, Garage, Rec. Room, Workshop
    9. Kitchen Appliances
    10. Heating and A/C
    11. Low Voltage Systems
    12. Fire Alarms etc.
    13. Services
    14. Services and Calc.

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATBC 1190 - Construction-Electrical Blueprint Reading (Commercial)

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    The interpretation of plans for commercial type buildings in regards to the electrical installation involved. NEC requirements that pertain to commercial installations are analyzed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the size and location of the electrical entrance service for an instructor provided plan of a commercial building to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Calculate the electrical branch circuit requirements for an instructor provided plan of a commercial building to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Identify and list the electrical equipment components and lighting components shown on a plan of a bakery to an accuracy of 70%.
    4. Locate, identify and list the electrical equipment components and lighting components shown on a plan of a beauty salon to an accuracy of 70%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Class Organization and Introduction Grade Criteria and Methods Examination of Plans and Specifications
    2. Commercial Building Plans and Specifications Reading Electrical and Architectural Drawings
    3. Branch Circuits and Feeders Reading Electrical Drawings - Bakery
    4. Switches and Receptacles
    5. Branch Circuits (Bakery)
    6. Appliance Circuits (Bakery) Reading Electrical Drawings (Insurance Office)
    7. Special Systems Reading Electrical Drawings (Beauty Salon)
    8. Special Circuits (Owner’s Circuits) Panelboard Selection and Installation The Electric Service
    9. Lamps for Lighting Luminaries
    10. Emergency Power Systems Overcurrent Protection Fuses and Circuit Breakers
    11. Short Circuit Calculations & Coordination of Overcurrent Protective Devices
    12. Equipment & Conductor Short Circuit Protection
    13. The Cooling System
    14. Review of Course

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATBC 1250 - Construction-Wiring Residential

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    After a brief review of electrical fundamentals and Ohm’s law and its applications, this course covers basic code requirements, standard electrical symbols used on plans, and the installation of various types of wiring systems permitted by national and local codes. Latest methods for rewiring inadequate wiring systems are covered. Large appliance and service equipment installations are well stressed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:

    Objectives:

    1. Describe a complete electrical circuit and its major components to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. List and describe ten tools used in the electrical trades and describe the safe use of each to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Describe the reason for the proper connections for an electrical grounding system.
    4. Describe four electrical power systems for where and how each is used in residential and light commercial systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Class Organization and Introduction
    2. Grade Criteria and Methods
    3. Examination of Plans and Specifications
    4. Electrical Energy Fundamentals
    5. Electrical Circuit Theory
    6. Electrical Circuit Components
    7. Tools for the Electrician
    8. Safety for Grounding Essentials
    9. Wiring Systems
    10. Boxes, Fittings, and Covers
    11. Installing Boxes and Conductors
    12. Device Wiring
    13. Planning Branch Circuits
    14. Reading Prints and Wiring Circuits
    15. The Service Entrance
    16. Appliance Wiring & Special Outlets
    17. Mobile Home Wiring
    18. Low-Voltage Circuits
    19. Electrical Remodeling
    20. Electrical Meters
    21. Electrical Troubleshooting
    22. Specialized Wiring / WB - 20
    23. Motors and Motor Circuit
    24. Swimming Pool Wiring

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • ATBC 1260 - Construction-Wiring Commercial & Industrial

    Credit Hours: 2.00
    Prerequisites: ATBC 1250  or ELEC 1300 

    The course covers special purpose commercial and industrial wiring problems, including a practical approach to wiring methods, lighting (design and maintenance) equipment, and other materials and components peculiar to modern application of the National Electrical Code (NEC).

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES

    1. Given standard provided within the text, define the two types of electricity. Performance is satisfactory when the definition conforms to standards within the text.
    2. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe the ways in which electricity is generated. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    3. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe how electrical power is distributed into service. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    4. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe various standards that insure electrical safety. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    5. Using guidelines provided within the text, list various tools and equipment used primarily for electrical work. Performance is satisfactory when the list conforms to guidelines.
    6. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe the use of special devices used only by industrial electricians. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    7. Given standards provided within the text, describe the proper method of making splices. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    8. Using guidelines provided within the text, list the different types of incandescent lamps. Performance is satisfactory when the list conforms to guidelines.
    9. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe the difference between a preheat and an instant start fluorescent lamp. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.
    10. Given appropriate data, determine what agencies regulate wiring codes. Performance is satisfactory when determination conforms to accepted standards.
    11. Given appropriate data, determine what a hazardous condition is according to the NEC. Performance is satisfactory when determination conforms to accepted standards.
    12. Using guidelines provided within the text, describe the major components of a mechanical generator. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to the guidelines within the text.
    13. Using guidelines provided within the text, list three types of DC motors. Performance is satisfactory when the list conforms to guidelines.
    14. Using guidelines provided within the text, list three types of AC motors. Performance is satisfactory when the list conforms to guidelines.
    15. Given standards provided within the text, describe methods used to conserve electric energy. Performance is satisfactory when the description conforms to guidelines.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Class Organization and Introduction
    2. Grade Criteria and Methods
    3. Plans and Site Work
    4. The Unit Substation
    5. Feeder Bus System
    6. Panelboards
    7. Trolley Busways
    8. Using Wiring Tables
    9. Signaling Systems
    10. Motors and Controllers
    11. Motor Installation
    12. Special Equipment
    13. Ventilating, AC and Other Facilities
    14. System Protection
    15. Lightning Protection
    16. Site Lighting
    17. Hazardous Locations

    Primary Faculty
    Gordon, Victoria
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

Building Performance & Energy Management

  
  • BPEM 1000 - Introduction to Energy

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces but does not equate to RNEW 1000 and RNEW 1010)

    BPEM 1000 explores energy systems, sustainability, and the future. Topics include various energy sources, forms of energy, world energy consumption, fossil fuels, nuclear energy, electricity generation, costing energy, technologies and applications of renewable energy, and environmental impacts of energy use.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to define energy.

    Objectives:

    1. Perform basic equations for work, energy, and power.
    2. Recognize and demonstrate understanding of conservation of energy.
    3. Recognize and demonstrate knowledge of potential and kinetic energy.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to differentiate between the various forms of energy.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of electrical energy.
    2. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of chemical energy.
    3. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of nuclear energy.
    4. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of thermal energy.
    5. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of mechanical energy.
    6. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of radiant energy.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to identify the positive and negative consequences of energy and its alternatives as they apply to society, politics, and the environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify pollution from energy sources.
    2. Describe and demonstrate understanding of impact on climate and weather.
    3. Identify financial issues.
    4. Identify political views.
    5. Define energy storage options.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to define renewable energy.

    Objectives:

    1. Define direct and indirect energy usage.
    2. Recognize and demonstrate knowledge of present day use of renewable energy.
    3. Define and discuss future potential of renewable resources.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to differentiate between the various forms of renewable energy.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of solar thermal and photovoltaic energy.
    2. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of biomass energy.
    3. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of hydroelectricity.
    4. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of tidal and wave power.
    5. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of wind energy.
    6. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of geothermal energy.
    7. Define and discuss the nature, economics, benefits, drawbacks, and potential of hydrogen fuel cells.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to identify the positive and negative consequences involved in the integration of renewable energy.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe and demonstrate knowledge of current energy structure and distribution.
    2. Describe and demonstrate knowledge of renewable resource availability.
    3. Identify and discuss transmission and storage issues.
    4. Define and discuss economic considerations.
    5. Describe and discuss potential solutions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Weekly Topics

    1. Introduction to Energy
    2. Energy Consumption
    3. Forms of Energy
    4. Fossil Fuels - Exam #1
    5. Heat to Motive Power
    6. Oil and Gas
    7. Secondary Fuels
    8. Midterm Exam - Exam #2
    9. Engines: Diesel, Gas, Stirling
    10. Electricity
    11. Nuclear Power
    12. Renewable Energy - Exam #3
    13. Forms of Renewable Energy
    14. Integration of Renewable Energy
    15. Environmental Concerns & Impact
    16. Review and Final Exam - Exam #4

    Primary Faculty
    Richter, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BPEM 1200 - Introduction to Sustainability

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly RNEW 1020)

    BPEM 1200 presents an overview of the meaning, application, and impact of sustainability practices on “The Triple Bottom Line” – economy, society, and environment.  Using a business-centered approach, the focus is to investigate how applying sustainable practices can support long term profitability while protecting the environment and supporting societal benefits.  The application of sustainability principles at global and personal levels is also addressed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define the value of sustainability relative to the economy, the environment, and society.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and describe sustainability and sustainable development.
    2. Define and describe the concept of The Triple Bottom Line (TBL) as applied to business, government, and personal situations.
    3. Define and describe the economic, environmental, and social impacts of sustainability.
    4. Utilize data to apply sustainability strategies

     

    Outcome 2:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the processes and practices necessary to incorporate sustainability into business practices.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify, define, and apply how the leadership role of management is necessary to successfully incorporate sustainability into the fabric and culture of the company.
    2. Define and discuss the importance of commitment, information flow, and employee engagement in supporting change.
    3. Define and discuss risk management as applied to economic, environmental, and social needs related to company activities.
    4. Discuss and apply pollution prevention and waste reduction practices.
    5. Define and discuss new and emerging technology and designing for the circular economy.
    6. Research, evaluate, and apply sustainability practices of large and small enterprises (business, governmental unit, or organization).

     

    Outcome 3:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to prove the success of a sustainability program in a business or other enterprise.

    Objectives:

    1. Utilize metrics and measurement to identify areas for improvement and to communicate progress both within the company and to outside stakeholders.
    2. Verify the sustainability status of a business or other enterprise by reviewing established sustainability reporting processes.
    3. Describe and apply the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) and certification programs such as ISO, Forest Stewardship Council (FSC), and B Corp.

     

    Outcome 4:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss energy policy developments and methods used for energy management. 

    Objectives:

    1. Research energy policy and its effects on sustainability globally and locally.
    2. Review and apply methods for improving energy efficiency.

     

    Outcome 5:  Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the role of sustainability in international affairs and policies.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss the effects of international organizations, cultures, governments, regulations, economics, and educational status on sustainability.
    2. Research and describe the benefits and challenges associated with population and urbanization, natural resources, international law and financing, and health and cultural policies

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Concept of Sustainability
    2. The Ecology of Commerce
    3. Exploring the Ecology of Commerce
    4. Environmental, Health, and Safety Regulations
    5. Pollution Prevention
    6. Defining Business and Organizational Sustainability
    7. Quantifying Sustainability
    8. Managing Change
    9. Collaboration, Stakeholders, NGOs
    10. Technology and Innovation
    11. Worldwide Sustainability - Policy
    12. Worldwide Sustainability - Education
    13. Worldwide Sustainability - Urbanization
    14. Worldwide Sustainability - Natural Resources
    15. Corporate Social Responsibility and Globalization
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Richter, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BPEM 1300 - Mechanical & Electrical Systems for Buildings

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 2200)

    BPEM 1300 is a study of the mechanical and electrical equipment used to control the environment in today’s buildings and the principles and practical uses of such equipment. Among the topics studied are water supply, sanitary and storm drainage, heating, ventilation, air conditioning, electricity and lighting, fire protection, energy conservation techniques, and solar energy.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1:

    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify building heat losses & gains.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the conditions necessary for human comfort.
    2. Determine the restrictions imposed by access to light and sun.
    3. Identify heat flow through various construction materials.
    4. Describe building design parameters to aid in heating and cooling.
    5. Explain the impact of building systems on energy usage and sustainability.

    Outcome 2:

    Upon completion of this course, students will explain the various types of HVAC systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine HVAC equipment location and service distribution.
    2. Describe the effect of zoning on HVAC operation.
    3. Identify six large-building HVAC systems.
    4. Identify four boiler types and list their applications.
    5. Identify four cooling system types and list their applications.
    6. Identify three GeoExchange systems and list their applications.

    Outcome 3:

    Upon completion of this course, students will describe the differences in water, heating, gas, drainage and refrigeration piping systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the collection, storage, and removal of storm and waste water and associated systems.
    2. Describe the collection, storage, and distribution of supply water and associated systems.
    3. Describe the application and operation of two hot water systems.

    Outcome 4:

    Upon completion of this course, students will describe fire and smoke management systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify fire suppression systems.
    2. Calculate flow rates and create sprinkler system layouts.

    Outcome 5:

    Upon completion of this course, students will identify electrical wiring systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain basic properties of electricity 
    2. Describe power distribution systems 
    3. Identify three types of electrical wiring designs.
    4. Explain the differences between daylight, incandescent and fluorescent lamps.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    SESSION LECTURE TEXT ASSIGNMENT
    01 Introduction/ General Information    
    02 Scope & Impact of Mechanical & Electrical Systems Chapters 1 & 19 Probl 1.6, 1.7, 1.9, 1.11, 1.14
    03 HVAC Fundamentals Chapter 2 Probl 2.3, 2.10, 2.15, 2.21, 2.23
    04 HVAC Delivery Systems Chapter 3 Probl 3.1, 3.3, 3.4, 3.6, 3.9, 3.14, 3.15, 3.16
    05 Cooling Production Equipment & Systems Chapter 4 Probl 4.2, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.12, 4.15, 4.21, 4.29
    06 Heating Production Equipment & Systems Chapter 5 Probl 5.4, 5.5, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.12, 5.17, 5.23, 5.28, 5.31
    07 Air Handling Equipment and Systems Chapter 6 Probl 6.1, 6.5, 6.7, 6.8, 6.11, 6.15, 6.17, 6.25
    08 MIDTERM EXAM CHAPTERS 1 to 6, 19 MIDTERM EXAM
    09 Piping Equipment and Systems Chapter 7 Probl 7.2, 7.3, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.16, 7.28, 7.36, 7.37, 7.38
    10 Plumbing Equipment and Systems Chapter 8 Probl 8.11, 8.14, 8.15, 8.16, 8.18, 8.21, 8.23, 8.25, 8.30
    11 Fire Protection Equipment and Systems Chapter 9 Probl 9.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6, 9.8, 9.9, 9.14, 9.34
    12
    13
    Introduction to Electricity
    Power Equipment and Systems
    Chapter 10
    Chapter 11
    Probl 10.4, 10.9, 10.10, 10.14, 11.1, 11.2,11.5, 11.7, 11.16
    14
    15
    Communications, Life Safety, Security Sys.
    Electrial Design & Wiring
    Chapter 12
    Chapter 13
    Probl 12.14,12.15,12.17,12.20,12.21,
    Probl 13.2,13.4,13.8,13.11,13.12,13.14
    16 FINAL EXAM CHAPTERS 1 to 13, 19  

     


    Primary Faculty
    Richter, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BPEM 2400 - Energy Management Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BPEM 1300 

    (formerly RNEW 1800)

    BPEM 2400 explores the field of energy management. Topics include energy analysis, benchmarking, evaluation of systems, auditing basics, survey instrumentation, system performance, efficiency, and optimization.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to explain the principles of effective energy management.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe energy policy and planning.
    2. Perform benchmarking and baselining techniques.
    3. Define and discuss system efficiency, maintenance, and controls.
    4. Define and discuss building envelopes.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to explain the various energy systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss the impact of boilers and fired systems on energy efficiency.
    2. Define and discuss the impact of steam and condensate systems on energy efficiency.
    3. Define and discuss the impact of lighting/electric on energy efficiency.
    4. Define and discuss the impact of natural gas on energy efficiency.
    5. Define and discuss the impact of HVAC on energy efficiency.
    6. Define and discuss the impact of construction on energy efficiency.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to perform a basic energy analysis.

    Objectives:

    1. Define and discuss identification and evaluation of all energy systems.
    2. Define and discuss analyze impact of improvements on systems.
    3. Define and discuss perform basic economic analysis and generate an energy report.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Overview/Value of Energy Management
    2. Energy Planning, Codes, Standards
    3. Energy Auditing/Energy Bills
    4. Review/Exam #1
    5. Economic Analysis
    6. Life Cycle Costing
    7. Process Energy Management and Reporting
    8. Review/Midterm Exam
    9. Efficiency of Systems
    10. Lighting/HVAC
    11. Boilers and Steam Distribution Systems
    12. Review/Exam #3
    13. Management Control Systems
    14. Maintenance, Energy Security and Reliability
    15. Energy Project
    16. Review and Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Richter, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BPEM 2500 - Computer Modeling & Analysis of Building Efficiency

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BPEM 2400  

    BPEM 2500 explores the fundamental relationship between the various building systems and energy.  Building performance modeling is used as an investigative tool to improve overall energy efficiency of the building.   

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the need for and importance of building energy evaluation.

    Objectives: 

    1. Describe global energy trends
    2. Describe and explain building energy usage and its challenges
    3. Explain energy policy and its impact

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe an energy assessment. 

    Objectives: 

    1. Describe and define related energy equipment
    2. Identify sustainable materials
    3. Describe and define building systems
    4. Describe simulation tools, types, and capabilities

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to model building performance using energy simulation software. 

          Objectives: 

    1. Interpret simulation results and troubleshoot errors
    2. Measure building energy data to calibrate simulation model
    3. Evaluate energy efficiency measures
    4. Perform analysis to identify optimal solutions

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Energy trends, crisis & milestones
    2. Importance of and need for Building Energy Evaluation
    3. Weather & Climate Characteristics
    4. Exam #1
    5. Building Energy Analysis
    6. Building Energy Standards
    7. BEA Evaluation Tools
    8. Exam #2
    9. Building Envelope
    10. Internal loads
    11. Interpretation and validation of results
    12. Exam #3
    13. Troubleshooting
    14. Energy Efficiency Measures
    15. Presentations
    16. Exam #4

    Primary Faculty
    Richter, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Business

  
  • BUSN 1010 - Business Enterprise

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A fundamentals course designed to provide a comprehensive overview of American business enterprise, an exposure to business operations (business ownership, management, finance, marketing, accounting, information management), a basis upon which to establish a realistic business-related career objective, and a stepping stone to advanced business courses.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1010, the student will be able to explain the private enterprise system in the United States and the role of business firms in that system.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will explain the degrees of competition that exist in a private enterprise system, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will discuss how monetary and fiscal policies are used to combat inflation and unemployment, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given an assignment(s), the learner will analyze the role of business firms in influencing ethical behavior and social responsibility in global markets, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given an assignment(s), the learner will illustrate the strategies used in reaching global markets and explain the role of multinational corporations in global markets, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    5. Given an assignment(s), the learner will debate the advantages and disadvantages of trade protectionism, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1010, the student will be able to explain and contrast the basic forms of business ownership.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will discuss the major differences between the common forms of legal ownership and cite advantages and disadvantages of each, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will outline the advantages and disadvantages of franchises, and discuss the opportunities for diversity in franchising and the challenges of global franchising, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1010, the student will be able to examine the relationship among the major areas of business decision-making.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will describe in detail the functions of management and discuss the similarities and differences among the functions, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will define marketing, list and describe in detail the 4 Ps of marketing, explain the role of market segmentation and relationship marketing, and describe how the business to business market differs from the consumer market, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given an assignment(s), the learner will describe the function of accounting, explain how the major financial statements differ, and explain the importance of ratio analysis in interpreting financial information, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given an assignment(s), the learner will identify the responsibilities of financial management, cite the major reasons why firms need operating funds, and identify the common short- and long-term sources of funds, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    5. Given an assignment(s), the learner will demonstrate an understanding of how stocks, bonds, and mutual funds differ and compare common investment objectives, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1010, the student will be able to define and use common business vocabulary.

    Objectives: Given a variety of assignments, the learner will interpret and apply business-related terminology, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1010, the student will be able to utilize the business concepts described in class to develop a business analysis for a publicly held corporation.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a company, multi-student teams will develop a comprehensive research paper, including analyze a corporation’s business strategies such as its mission and vision statements, core competencies, competitive advantages and areas of market leadership.
    2. Given a company, multi-student teams will develop a comprehensive research paper, including identify the strategic goals and objectives by creating a SWOT analysis
    3. Given a company, multi-student teams will develop a comprehensive research paper, including demonstrate an understanding of financial ratio analysis and data interpretation.
    4. Given a company, multi-student teams will develop a comprehensive research paper, including develop future strategic plans

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Business trends: Cultivating a business in diverse, global environments
      1. Taking risks and making profits
      2. How economics affects business
      3. Competing in global markets
      4. Demonstrating ethical behavior and social responsibility
    2. Business ownership: Starting a small business
      1. Choosing a form of business ownership
      2. Entrepreneurship and starting a small business
    3. Business management: Empowering employees to satisfy customers
      1. Management, leadership, and employee empowerment
      2. Adapting organizations to today’s markets
    4. Management of human resources: Motivating employees to produce quality goods and services
      1. Motivating employees and building self-managed terms
      2. Human resource management
    5. Marketing: Developing and implementing customer-oriented marketing plans
      1. Building customer and stakeholder relationships
      2. Developing and pricing products and services
      3. Distributing products quickly and efficiently
      4. Promotional techniques
    6. Decision making: Managing information
      1. Financial information and accounting
    7. Managing financial resources
      1. Financial management
      2. Securities markets
      3. Money and financial institutions

    Primary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Secondary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 1060 - Fundamentals of Global Logistics

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course focuses on logistics and supply chain activities with emphasis placed on transportation strategies, inventory management, warehousing, facility location, material handling, reverse logistics, and the integration of channel partners.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will be able to provide an overview of the activities in the logistics channel.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the logistical relationships within the supply chain.
    2. Identify the systems and total cost approaches to logistics.
    3. Recognize the importance of the effective utilization of information for logistics management.
    4. Explain the use of information technology and their logistical applications.
    5. Explain the value-added roles of logistics within the supply chain.
    6. Describe the roles and value that third-party logistic firms provide.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will be able to compute reorder points that minimize total relevant costs for inventory systems serving uncertain product demand and satisfying a variety of measures of customer service.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the importance of outbound-to-customer logistics systems.
    2. Identify the key steps in the order fulfillment process and the various channel structures that are utilized in the fulfillment process.
    3. Describe the major outputs of order management, how they are measured, and how their financial impacts on buyers and sellers are calculated.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will be able describe the effect of transportation upon the entire supply chain.

    Objectives:

    A. Discuss the key activities involved in transportation planning and execution.

    1. B. Explain current transportation management strategies used to improve supply chain performance.
    2. C. Discuss how information technology supports transportation planning and execution.
    3. D Describe the primary fulfillment processes and support functions of global distribution center operations.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course students will be able to examine transportation and inventory considerations in international logistics and distribution.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the approaches for coordinating with suppliers and strategic partners in a company’s global supply chain.
    2. Identify the macro environmental influences on international logistics.
    3. Discuss the process of domestic and international logistics.
    4. Explain the impact of government regulations and trade agreements on international logistics operations.
    5. Discuss global transportation options and strategic intermediaries.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course student will be able to recognize the role of warehousing in the global supply chain.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the roles of public, private, contract, and multiclient warehousing.
    2. Explain prominent operational issues in warehousing.
    3. Describe the primary fulfillment process and support functions in distribution centers.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Logistics and the Supply Chain
    2. Supply Chain Management Concept
    3. Logistics and Information Technology
    4. Demand Management, Order Management, and Customer Service
    5. Protective Packaging and Materials Handling
    6. Transportation
    7. Transportation Management
    8. Distribution Center, Warehouse, and Plant Location
    9. Inventory Management
    10.  Warehousing Management
    11. Procurement
    12. International Logistics
    13. Logistics Systems Controls
    14. Organizing and Analyzing Logistics

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 1210 - Entrepreneurship Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course focuses on the fundamentals of creating a new business venture from an entrepreneurial point-of-view. Emphasis will be placed on the entrepreneurial perspectives, the creation, financing, and growth of a new business opportunity. This is achieved through the completion of case studies, web exercises, current application assignments, and computer simulation exercises.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1210, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding and importance of entrepreneurship in the free market economy.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric, will be able to:

    1. Discuss the characteristics and behaviors of successful entrepreneurs.
    2. Identify international entrepreneurship opportunities.
    3. Distinguish the differences between an entrepreneur and intrapreneur.
    4. Understand the associated risks of a new business venture.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1210, the student will be able to describe the various business planning tools utilized by an entrepreneur.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric, will be able to:

    1. Describe the major elements of a marketing plan.
    2. Discuss the development of a business plan.
    3. Describe the sources for funding a new business venture by preparing a financial plan.
    4. Describe the components of an organizational plan.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1210, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the legal and ethical responsibilities required by an entrepreneur.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric, will be able to:

    1. Explain the entrepreneurial balance of ethical, economic, and social responsibilities.
    2. Describe how an entrepreneur’s vision and values contribute to the culture of a new venture.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1210, the student will be able to explain the methods and sources for creating and starting a new entrepreneurial venture.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric, will be able to:

    1. Discuss the product/service planning and development process.
    2. Determine the sources of new product/service ideas.
    3. Analyze the risks and benefits of bringing products/services to market.
    4. Explain the process of intellectual property development.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of BUSN-1210, the student will be able to identify the sources of funding that are available for a start-up venture.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric, will be able to:

    1. Familiar with the types of funding options available to the entrepreneur.
    2. Able to discuss Small Business Administration loans.
    3. Able to explain the nature of the venture capital industry and the venture capital decision process.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Nature and Importance of Entrepreneurs
      1. Definition of the entrepreneur today
      2. Entrepreneurial decision process
      3. Role in economic development
      4. Future of entrepreneurship
    2. Entrepreneurial and Intrapreneurial Mindset
    3. Individual Entrepreneur
      1. Feelings
      2. Background
      3. Characteristics
      4. Motivation
      5. Minority entrepreneurship
      6. Entrepreneurship vs. inventors
    4. International Opportunities
    5. Creating and Starting the Venture
      1. Sources of new ideas
      2. Opportunity recognition
      3. Product planning and development process
    6. Legal Issues
      1. Intellectual property
      2. Patents
      3. Trademarks
      4. Copyrights
    7. Business Plan
    8. Marketing Plan
    9. Organization Plan
    10. Financial Plan
    11. Capital Sources
      1. Personal funds
      2. Family/friend funds
      3. Commercial bank
      4. Small business financing
      5. Informal risk capital
      6. Venture capital
    12. Managing Growth
      1. Generating and exploring new ideas
      2. Strategies for growth
      3. External sources
      4. Going public
    13. Ending the Venture
      1. Bankruptcy
      2. Reality of failure and warning signs
      3. Exit strategy

    Primary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 1220 - Franchising Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    BUSN 1220 focuses on the important aspects of starting, developing, and managing franchise operations from a franchisor and franchisee perspective. It emphasizes the feasibility of entrepreneurs converting an existing business into a franchising opportunity. It also emphasizes analyzing franchise opportunities, such as identifying locations, financing, royalties, international franchising opportunities, and the legal aspects of franchising.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate and analyze the multiple franchising opportunities that are available to entrepreneurs.

    Objectives: Given various assignments, the learner will

    1. Identify the roles of the franchisor and the franchise, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Discuss franchising arrangements, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Determine whether to buy an established franchise or open a new location, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Analyze the cost structures, fees, and royalties that are necessary in purchasing a franchise, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to describe how a particular business might expand beyond its local market through franchising.

    Objectives: Given various assignments, the learner will

    1. Determine the franchising opportunities for an existing business, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Develop the necessary legal documentation and franchise agreement, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Identify a franchise system that includes facility design, business requirements, training, and an operations model, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to describe the various functions that are necessary for the start up and management of franchise organizations.

    Objectives: Given various assignments, the learner will

    1. Evaluate the selection of a location for a franchise, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Assess the training options available for the successful management of a franchise operation, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Explain the development and maintenance of good working relationships with the franchisor, its suppliers, and other franchisees in the network, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Determine the capital requirements for purchasing, financing, and the costs of managing the daily operations of a franchise, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric
    5. Evaluate a franchise agreement, with a minimum Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to Describe the significance of franchising opportunities available in international markets.

    Objectives: Given various assignments, the learner will

    1. Identify target international markets, and develop plans and budgets for determining market opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Utilize essential tools such as the International Franchise Association, International Brokers Association, and the International Franchise Expo when identifying global franchising opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Describe the cultural differences and implications between international and domestic franchising opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    1. Choosing the Right Franchise Opportunity
      1. Becoming a Franchisee
      2. Buying an Existing Franchise
    2. Estimating Start-Up Costs
      1. Financing
      2. Business Planning
      3. Business Plan Resources
    3. Conducting Market Analysis
      1. Market Research
      2. Industry Analysis
      3. Market Analysis
    4. Creating Financial Statements
      1. Projected Income Statements
      2. Estimating Income and Cash Flow
      3. Calculating Potential Sales, Cash Flow, and Profits
      4. Profit and Loss Statements
    5. Locating Your Franchise
      1. Finding the Best Location
      2. Evaluating the Location
      3. Financial Considerations
      4. Negotiating Leasing Arrangements
      5. Build Out and Construction of a Location
    6. Marketing Your Franchise
      1. Target Market Strategies
      2. Effective Advertising
      3. Customer Service
    7. Buying and Managing Supplies
      1. Group Purchasing
      2. Identifying Suppliers
      3. Supplier Management
    8. Managing Supplier and Franchiser Relationships
      1. Communication
      2. Improving Efficiency
      3. Vendor and Consultant Relationships
      4. Employee Relations
    9. Franchising Your Business
      1. Franchising Basics
      2. Franchising and Alternative Methods of Expansion
      3. Building a Strong Franchising Foundation
      4. Franchising Laws
      5. Selecting a Franchise Attorney
      6. Making Your Franchise Operations Work
    10. Franchising Law
      1. Federal Laws
      2. State Laws
      3. Franchiser Certification
    11. International Franchising Opportunities
      1. Cultural Differences
      2. Franchise Brokers
      3. International Franchise Association

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 1240 - Corporate Entrepreneurship

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    BUSN 1240 focuses on the importance of innovation and developing an environment of entrepreneurship within a corporation and business. Emphasis is placed on the climate and culture of an entrepreneurial organization, strategies for creating new business ventures, and strategies for transforming firms toward a more entrepreneurially focused organization.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to describe how corporations use corporate entrepreneurship to enhance the abilities of their employees in order to increase corporate success through the creation of new business ventures.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will apply the entrepreneurial process to the operations of a department or functional area within an established organization, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will formulate corporate objectives and strategies that support entrepreneurial performance, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify creative ways to overcome obstacles to entrepreneurship in conventional companies, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given various assignments, the learner will explain how to lead innovation within a business organization.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to recognize the critical elements involved with the corporate entrepreneurship framework.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the building blocks of corporate entrepreneurship/intrapreneurship, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will assess the environment within a company in terms of how it supports innovation and new business ventures, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to describe how business leaders can transform companies through the corporate entrepreneurial process.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will analyze the characteristics of entrepreneurial leadership, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will evaluate the process of creativity in order to assure product and service innovation, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the characteristics of a learning organization, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given various assignments, the learner will determine the role of strategic management and corporate strategy as it relates to the development and identification of business opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of the course, the student will be able to describe the process for evaluating and assessing entrepreneurial performance and activity within the framework of a corporation and small business.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will assess the performance and success of entrepreneurial projects, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will develop a corporate venture plan, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the leaner will describe the concept of profit pools, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The Entrepreneurial Imperative
      1. Turbulent Environments and the Embattled Corporation
      2. New Path to Sustainable Competitive Advantage
      3. The Organizational Life Cycle
    2. The Unique Nature of Corporate Entrepreneurship
      1. Where to Find Corporate Entrepreneurship within a Company
      2. Entrepreneurial Realities: Understanding the Process
      3. General Frameworks for Understanding Corporate Entrepreneurship
    3. Levels of Entrepreneurship in Organizations: Entrepreneurial Intensity
      1. Exploring the Dimensions of Entrepreneurship
      2. Applying the Entrepreneurial Grid to Organizations
    4. Forms of Corporate Entrepreneurship
      1. Corporate Venturing: Bringing New Businesses to the Corporation
      2. Strategic Entrepreneurship: Innovating in Pursuit of Competitive Advantages
    5. Creating The Entrepreneurial Organization
      1. Human Resources and the Entrepreneurial Organization
      2. Creativity Techniques and Creative Quality
      3. Critical Roles in Corporate Entrepreneurship
      4. Motivating Entrepreneurial Behavior
    6. Corporate Strategy and Entrepreneurship
      1. Managing Innovation
      2. Key Strategic Concepts: Entrepreneurship as the Driver
      3. Structures to Support New Product/Service Development Projects
    7. Developing an Entrepreneurial Culture
      1. Elements of an Entrepreneurial Culture
      2. Entrepreneurial Leadership
      3. Leading the Entrepreneurial Organization
    8. Assessing Entrepreneurial Performance
      1. Assessing Entrepreneurial Projects
      2. Discovery-Driven Planning
      3. Developing a Comprehensive Corporate Venture Plan

    Primary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 1660 - Business Negotiations

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course focuses on understanding and development of the principles, strategies, and tactics of effective negotiation and professional relationship management. Emphasis is placed on the development of negotiation techniques and preparation, buyer-supplier interactions, international negotiations, and conflict resolution.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will be able to explain the key elements of the negotiation process, and the distinct types of negotiation.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the basic elements of the integrative negotiation situation.
    2. Explore the strategy and tactics of interactive negotiation.
    3. Recognize the other negotiator’s real needs and objectives
    4. Identify the opportunity for win-win alternatives and options

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will be able to develop and execute effective strategies and tactics for different situations that commonly arise in interpersonal and transactional negotiations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the components of the communication flow in the negotiation flow in a negotiation.
    2. Develop tools for how to improve the communication process during negotiations.
    3. Explore the ways that communication can be improved in the negotiations process.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will be able to identify the different approaches to power in negotiations and determine how power is important in the negotiation process.

    Objectives:

    1. Examine the different sources or bases of power in negotiations.
    2. Identify the different strategic approaches for negotiators who have more power.
    3. Determine the different power bases in organizational hierarchies and networks.
    4. Understand the principles of successful influence.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course students will be able to understand the commonly accepted ethical standards that apply to negotiations.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the different types of ethically problematic tactics and how they are perceived.
    2. Discuss the factors that determine how ethics can impact the negotiations process.
    3. Understand how ethical tactics will be received by the individuals involved in the negotiations process.
    4. Identify deceptive tactics that are utilized in negotiations.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course students will be able to understand the aspects of international and cross-cultural negotiations.

    Objectives:

    1. Develop negotiation strategies that can be adapted to various cultures.
    2. Understand how international and cross-cultural negotiations are different from domestic negotiations.
    3. Consider how cultural differences affects the negotiation process
    4. Identify the strategies and tactics that can be utilized in cross-cultural negotiations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Nature of Negotiations
    2. Strategy and Tactics of Interactive Negotiation
    3. Perception, Cognition, and Emotion
    4. Power in Negotiations
    5. Influence
    6. Ethics in Negotiations
    7. Relationships in Negotiations
    8. Coalitions
    9. International and Cross-Cultural Negotiations
    10. Managing Negotiation Impasses
    11. Managing Difficult Negotiations
    12. Third-Party Approaches to Managing Difficult Negotiations

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2000 - Global Entrepreneurship

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course focuses on how small companies recognize and seek out business opportunities worldwide, and explores the knowledge necessary to create a global start-up, acquire sustained competitive advantage, and make global venturing decisions based on threats faced by entrepreneurs in today’s global economy.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN 2000, the student will be able to explain the increasing global opportunities available to small firms.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will identify target markets and develop plans and budgets for determining market opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of market assessment techniques including searching the National Trade Data Bank and developing a country profile, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the reasons for entering various global markets, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given various assignments, the leaner will describe the differences between international and domestic business opportunities, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN 2000, the student will be able to describe the major barriers to and challenges of international operations and how to respond to them.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the risks and barriers of entry associated with doing business in international markets such as political instability, shipping risks, economic, competitive, cultural, and foreign exchange risks, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will prepare and evaluate the results of a country risk assessment, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the legal forces that confront international business, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN 2000, the student will be able to evaluate environmental forces such as cultural, political, and societal as they pertain to the operations of small firms in the international arena.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of the significance of cultural differences that exist in global markets, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of the sociocultural components of culture, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the types of political risks that exist in international markets, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN 2000, the student will be able to describe various strategies small companies can utilize to engage in international operations.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will discuss how to establish a workable collaboration and/or joint ventures, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will determine the optimum strategies for entering global markets such as direct sales, agency/distribution, contract manufacturing, licensing, franchising, strategic alliances, and joint ventures, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will identify trade strategies involving importing/exporting of products and services, with a minimum Level of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. International Market Assessment
      1. The Country Profile
      2. The Political Environment
      3. Population/Market Size
      4. Infrastructure
      5. Economic Factors
    2. The Backward Export Process
      1. U.S. Trade Infrastructure
      2. Target Market Identification
      3. Strategic Business Partners
      4. Shipping and Trade Financing
      5. Trade Infrastructure
    3. Organizing For The Global Marketplace
      1. Organizational Design
      2. Regional Integrated Systems
    4. Framework For Developing International Business Strategies
      1. Target Country Assessment
      2. Country Profile
      3. Competitive Assessment & Positioning
      4. Demand Side Analysis
    5. Exporting and Importing Practices
      1. Government Export Counseling
      2. Tax Incentives
      3. Locating Foreign Markets
      4. Export Financing
      5. World Trade Centers
      6. Import Information Sources
      7. Special Import Regulations
      8. Free Trade Zones
    6. Strategies For Entering Global Markets
      1. Direct Sales
      2. Agency/Distribution
      3. Contract Manufacturing
      4. Licensing & Franchising
      5. Management Contracts
      6. Strategic Alliances
      7. Joint Ventures

    Primary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2010 - Personal Money Management

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (prior title: Personal Finance)

    Principles and practices of personal financial planning. Current and future financial issues are explored. Topics such as financial services, stocks, bonds, mutual funds, budgeting, insurance, real estate, estate planning, and taxes are addressed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to explain the financial planning process and be able to plan and manage personal finances.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will prepare personal financial statements, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will identify and explain various tax strategies for different financial and personal situations, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given an assignment(s), the learner will explain the concept the of time value of money, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to explain the importance of money management in order to achieve short and long-term financial goals.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will prepare a financial budget, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will analyze the costs and benefits of financial services offered by different types of financial institutions, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given an assignment(s), the learner will analyze the major sources of consumer credit and calculate the cost of credit using interest formulas, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given an assignment(s), the learner will contrast the costs and benefits of renting or purchasing housing, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to explain income and asset protection strategies.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will define risk management and evaluate methods of managing risk, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will explain insurance coverage and the types of policies available for housing, automobiles, health and disability coverage, and life insurance, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to evaluate the various types of investment planning alternatives.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment(s), the learner will identify the major types of investment options that are available to investors such as stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and real estate, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given an assignment(s), the learner will explain the factors of safety, risk, income, growth, and liquidity options, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to evaluate retirement and estate planning alternatives.

    Objectives:

    Given a variety of assignment(s), the learner will:

    1. Given a variety of assignment(s), the learner will determine future retirement spending needs, and planned retirement income, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given a variety of assignment(s), the learner will assess estate planning through the use of trusts in order to reduce tax liabilities, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2010, the student will be able to work as a team member to develop a mutual fund portfolio that identifies short- and long- term investment options.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a variety of assignment(s) the learner will define the various aspects of mutual funds according to risk, type, and total return.
    2. Given a variety of assignment(s) the learner will determine asset allocation and portfolio diversification strategies.
    3. Given a variety of assignment(s) the learner will assess Morningstar reports, fund performance, and the evaluation of the fund manager/team
    4. Given a variety of assignment(s) the learner will prepare a written report and present the results of their investment portfolios in a formal classroom presentation.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Basic Framework: Organizing and Managing Your Financial Resources
      1. Financial Planning
      2. The Time Value of Money
      3. Financial Statement and Budgets
      4. Taxes
    2. Liquidity Management: Managing Current Assets and Current Liabilities
      1. Cash Management
      2. Short-Term Credit Management
    3. Buying Now & Paying Later: Managing Long-term Liabilities
      1. Consumer Durables
      2. Housing
    4. Investing For The Future: Growing Your Financial Resources
      1. Financial Markets and Institutions
      2. Investments Basics: Understanding Risk and Return
      3. Stock and Bonds
      4. Mutual Funds
    5. Protecting Your Wealth: Insurance and Retirement Planning
      1. Property and Liability Insurance
      2. Health Care and Disability Insurance
      3. Life Insurance and Estate Planning
      4. Retirement Planning

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2016 - Business Strategy

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: BUSN 1010  or approval of instructor

    This course focuses on the strategic planning process. It involves the evaluation of the global business environment, external environment, competitive analysis, selection of strategic alternatives, formulation and implementation of strategies, and the analysis of the firm’s performance.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    OUTCOME 1: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to explain the fundamentals of business strategies. 

    OBJECTIVES:

    1. Discuss the importance of setting both strategic and financial objectives.
    2. Describe the responsibility of a company’s board of directors in overseeing strategic management process.
    3. Describe the differences between strategic analysis, strategy formulation and strategy implementation.
    4. Summarize how a company’s culture aids in execution of strategies.

     

    OUTCOME 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able analyze how the external forces such as social political/legal, economic, and technological impact business strategies and performance.

    OBJECTIVES:

    1. Identify the external factors in a company’s macro environment that may have strategic significance.
    2. Assess a company’s industry and its competitors.
    3. Determine whether an industry’s outlook presents a company with opportunities for profitability and growth.

     

    OUTCOME 3: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to evaluate the development and analysis of business strategies and contingency plans.

    OBJECTIVES:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the different types of business strategies and be able to formulate business strategies.
    2. Identify the major avenues for achieving a competitive advantage.
    3. Identify when to deploy offensive or defensive strategies.
    4. Recognize the strategic approaches for competing in international markets.
    5. Develop contingency plans.
    6. Analyze case studies to understand the complexity of business strategies.

     

    OUTCOME 4: Upon completion of the course, the student will be able to analyze the actions necessary for successful strategy execution.

    OBJECTIVES:

    1. Identify how leadership must successfully implement strategies.
    2. Explain the importance of having the correct talent when implementing business strategies.
    3. Explain how well-designed policies and procedures can facilitate good strategy execution.
    4. Describe how process management tools create continuous improvement in the performance of value chain activities.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. What is strategy and why it is important?
    2. Charting a company’s direction
    3. Evaluating a company’s external environment
    4. Evaluating a company’s resources, capabilities, and competitiveness
    5. Five generic strategies
    6. Strengthening a company’s competitive advantage
    7.  Strategies for competing in international markets
    8. Corporate strategy
    9. Corporate culture and leadership

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2020 - Personal Investment Fundamentals

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (replaces but does not equate to BUSN 2050)

    An introductory course designed for students who are interested in learning about personal investments in financial assets. Topics addressed include techniques for participating in security markets, analysis and valuation of equity securities, fixed-income securities, mutual funds, the international securities markets, retirement planning (401Ks, IRAs, pension plans, and annuities), and portfolio management.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of BUSN-2020, students will be able to apply techniques that are used in the analysis and valuation of equity securities.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Explain the relationship of the business cycle to various industries with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Describe how to compare the performance of many companies within the same industry with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Judge how an individual stock’s price to earnings ratio is related to the market with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Estimate long-term trends based on financial ratios with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of BUSN-2020, students will be able to evaluate the merits of investing in fixed-income securities.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Describe the differences among bonds offered by the U.S. government, state and local governments, and corporations with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Evaluate bonds based on ratings with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Contrast preferred stock as an alternative investment in bonds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Describe how present value techniques impact the valuation of bonds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    5. Develop an investment strategy for investing in bonds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    6. Explain how convertible securities values are determined with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of BUSN-2020, students will be able to examine the value of mutual funds as an investment alternative and strategy.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Explain how to evaluate the performance of mutual funds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Identify the key informational sources for mutual funds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Explain the difference between load and no-load funds with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Compute the net asset value of a mutual fund with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of BUSN-2020, students will be able to explain how effective portfolio management will reduce the risks of various investment strategies.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Analyze basic statistical techniques for measuring risk and return with a minimum of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Describe the principles of asset allocation across risky and risk-free portfolios with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Explain the concept of an efficient portfolio with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Measure investment returns over multiple periods of time with a minimum of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    5. Determine the expected return and risk of portfolios that are developed by combining risky assets with risk-free investment with a minimum of level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of BUSN-2020, students will be able to evaluate derivative products and introduce the analytics of derivative valuation.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Understand the basic concept of an option with a minimum of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Explain strike price, intrinsic value, and speculative premiums for options with a minimum of Level 3 of the discipline rubric.
    3. Determine the tax and commission factors associated with derivatives with a minimum of Level 3 of the discipline rubric.
    4. Calculate the profit to various option positions with a minimum of Level 3 of the discipline rubric.
    5. Formulate option strategies to modify portfolio risk-return attributes with a minimum of Level 3 of the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Elements of Investments
      1. Investments: Background and Issues
      2. Financial Securities
      3. Security Markets
      4. Mutual Funds and Other Investment Companies
    2. Portfolio Theory
      1. Risk and Return
      2. Efficient Diversification
      3. Capital Asset Pricing and Arbitrage Pricing Theory
      4. Efficient Markets and the Behavioral Critique
    3. Debt Securities
      1. Bond Prices and Yields
      2. Managing Bond Portfolios
    4. Security Analysis
      1. Macroeconomics and Industry Analysis
      2. Equity Valuation
      3. Financial Statement Analysis
    5. Derivative Markets
      1. Options Markets
      2. Option Valuation
      3. Future Markets
    6. Active Investment Management
      1. Performance Evaluation and Active Portfolio Management
      2. Globalization & International Investing
      3. Behavioral Finance and Technical Analysis
      4. Taxes, Inflation, and Investment Strategy
      5. Investors and the Investment Process

    Primary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Secondary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2030 - Global Purchasing & Supply Chain Management

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    This course is designed to introduce the student to the basic concepts of global purchasing. Key elements in this course include managing international logistics and customs operations; indirect transactions; supplier source development issues; cultural, pre-procurement and quality considerations; counter-trade; methods of payment; and evaluating quotations.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2030, the student will be able to explain the objectives of the global purchasing function and be able to describe its relationship with other functional departments within an organization.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the key purchasing functions that are common to the business enterprise such as engineering, manufacturing, marketing, finance, with a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will describe the importance of global supplier management and return on investment, with a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will discuss the value that supply management adds to strategic business objectives, competitive success, and the profitability of an organization, with a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2030, the student will be able to describe optimal supply chain solutions to meet the requirements of the international business plan including evaluation of transportation modes, inventory, landed costs, and customer requirements.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate the impact on overall costs due to global competition, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will identify and compare sources using transportation costs as a foundation, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given a variety of assignments, the learner will describe import rules and regulations, costs associated to timeliness and delays, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given a variety of assignments, the learner will identify the documents required for international movement of products and services, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    5. Given a variety of assignments, the learner will evaluate and select the potential channel intermediaries necessary to support the international business plan, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2030, the student will be able to explain the true costs, benefits, and risks of proposed product/service transactions in order to implement global risk management policies.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of the make vs. buy decision process and the ramifications that this has on the overall business model, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will calculate cost of ownership including carrying, acquisition and local/international transportation costs, with a minimum proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of the impact that all areas of an organization have on the purchasing decision including engineering, customer service and manufacturing.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2030, the student will be able to evaluate the fundamentals of cost, quality and performance measurements commonly used in world-class supply chains.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate the basis for determining costs for any given product in the procurement cycle, with a minimum Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will identify the various philosophies of quality management with a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    3. Given various assignments, the learner will discuss the most commonly used tools and methodologies that contribute to continuous improvement(s), with a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    4. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate proper usage of basic measurements designed to evaluate major aspects of supply decision-making process, with a minimum pf proficiency of 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2030, the student will be able to evaluate strategic and tactical decision making within the supply chain and how these decisions impact the organization from a global perspective.

    Objectives:

    1. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate the strategic decision making process to determine the form and function of the overall supply chain, with a minimum Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given various assignments, the learner will demonstrate an understanding of the tactical implications of the supply chain and the day-to-day decision-making process including domestic and international purchase decisions, with a minimum Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Purchasing and Supply Chain Management
      1. World Class Supply Management
      2. Decision Making in Supply Chain Management
      3. Supply Challenges Facing Purchasing and Supply Chain Management
    2. Organizational Structures for Supply Chain Management
      1. Supply Activities and Responsibilities
      2. Cross-Functional Supply Teams
      3. Organizing the Supply Chain
      4. Centralized Supply Structure
    3. Supply Chain Management Process
      1. Identification of Potential Sourcing
      2. Supplier Selection and Determination
      3. Receipt and Inspection of Goods
      4. Supply Process Flowchart
    4. Quality, Specification, and Service
      1. Standardization and Simplification
      2. Total Quality Management
      3. Process Control
      4. Supplier Certification
    5. Strategic Cost Management
      1. Target Pricing
      2. Discounts
      3. Negotiation
      4. Supplier Selection
    6. Global Supply Chain Management
      1. Global Sourcing
      2. Countertrade
      3. Free Trade Agreements
      4. Foreign Trade Zones
      5. Evaluating International Suppliers
    7. Supply Law and Ethics
      1. Common Law and the Purchase of Services
      2. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act
      3. Social Responsibility
      4. Product Liability
    8. Global Strategies in Purchasing and Supply Chain Management
      1. Risk Management
      2. Implementing World Class Supply Chain Management
      3. Strategic Planning

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2060 - Corporate Responsibility

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    BUSN 2060 provides students with a comprehensive overview of the roles and responsibilities of business in society. The topics covered include corporate social responsibility, legal and regulatory compliance, corporate governance, business ethics, and stakeholder relationships.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to describe key aspects of business ethics and corporate social responsibility.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Explain business ethics and the ethical decision making process.
    2. Identify who stakeholders are.
    3. Explain corporate social responsibility and how it fits into business strategy.
    4. Identify components of the corporate governance process.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to describe how the external environment impacts ethical decision making and socially responsible behavior.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Outline the US legal and regulatory environments.
    2. Identify contemporary technology related issues.
    3. Describe the concept of sustainability.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to describe how stakeholder groups impact ethical decision making and socially responsible behavior.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Identify contemporary employee issues.
    2. Identify contemporary consumer issues.
    3. Analyze the relationship between business and the community.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of the course, students will be able to navigate the process of identifying and responding to ethical dilemmas.

    Objectives: Students will:

    1. Assess the dilemma using framework from the ethical decision making process.
    2. Draw a conclusion from research conducted.
    3. Articulate their position in both verbal and written formats.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Overview
      1. Introduction to Business Ethics
      2. Factors that influence ethical decision making
      3. Definition of stakeholders
      4. Differences between primary and secondary stakeholder groups
      5. Social Responsibility
      6. Arguments for and against social responsibility
      7. Corporate Governance
    2. The External Environment
      1. Legal/regulatory
      2. The relationship between business and government
      3. Technology
      4. Sustainability
    3. Business’ Relationship with Stakeholders
      1. Employees
      2. Customers
      3. Community
    4. Strategic Programs
      1. Code of conduct
      2. Program components
      3. Social Audit process

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BUSN 2100 - International Business

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    An overview of international business designed to provide a global perspective on international trade. Focuses on the current international business environment, growth strategies, management issues, marketing strategies, economic and monetary issues, and regional economic integration.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2100, the student will be able to identify the areas that make managing an international business more complex and uncertain than managing a purely domestic business.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Identify opportunities and impediments to US firms wanting to conduct international business, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Discuss the effects of local regulations in foreign markets on a firm’s international competitiveness, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2100, the student will be able to explain the impact of international organizations on world trade.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Describe the different levels of economic integration and identify the advantages, disadvantages, and strategies of doing business with countries that are members of trading blocs, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Describe the role of the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank, the World Trade Organization and other important international organizations, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2100, the student will be able to define and use the terminology that is common in international business.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a variety of assignments throughout the course, the learner will effectively use terminology common in international business, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Given assignments, such as weekly quizzes, in which vocabulary is accented, the learner will demonstrate mastery of the vocabulary, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2100, the student will be able to demonstrate an understanding of the reasons why and how firms enter international markets.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of the various forms of entry strategies used by firms to initiate international business activity, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Discuss why US businesses must conduct business from a global perspective, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of BUSN-2100, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of basic export and import practices.

    Objectives: Given an assignment(s) the learner will:

    1. Prepare/describe the principle documents needed to import/export a typical product, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.
    2. Investigate an export market for viability, with a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Background for starting international operations
      1. Rise of global linkages
      2. Trade restrictions for US firms
    2. Theories of international trade and investment
    3. International organizations
      1. Role of International Monetary Fund, World Bank, and World Trade Organization
      2. Economic integration
    4. International financial markets
      1. Exchange rates
      2. Exchange rate variations
    5. Politics and laws
      1. Domestic rules and regulations
      2. International law in the conduct of international business
    6. Role of culture in international business
    7. Starting international operations
      1. Entry strategies
      2. Export trading companies
    8. Physical forces that affect international decisions
    9. International marketing
      1. Market research in foreign countries
      2. Marketing mix standardization or adaptation
      3. Channel members
    10. International human resource management
    11. Countertrade
    12. Export and import practices and procedures
      1. Terms of sale
      2. Documents
      3. Financing transactions
      4. Intermediaries

    Primary Faculty
    Greek, Patrick
    Secondary Faculty
    James, Robert
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Business Communications

  
  • BCOM 2050 - Business Communications

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    BCOM 2050 focuses on developing both written and verbal communication skills required in business and industry. Students conduct primary and secondary research, analyze the results, compile findings, and compose a formal business report. They also develop effective verbal and nonverbal communication skills, understand team dynamics, and enhance presentation skills. Students create an employment package using current strategies as well as formulate a variety of business messages using the latest social media technologies.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcomes: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to:

    1. Demonstrate presentation skills.
    2. Prepare effective business messages for culturally diverse audiences.
    3. Conduct research.
    4. Create an employment package and demonstrate knowledge of interview techniques.

    Objectives: The primary objective of the course is to develop the ability to communicate effectively both verbally and nonverbally in the business world by written, oral, and visual methods. Specifically, the student will be able to:

    1. Listen “actively” to speakers using verbal and nonverbal feedback.
    2. Make brief individual and team oral presentations.
    3. Compose considerate, clear, correct, and concise business letters and documents properly organized according to anticipated reader reaction to the message.
    4. Read, interpret, and prepare graphic communications such as pie, bar, and line graphs.
    5. Individually research, compile, and prepare a graphically illustrated formal business report based on primary and secondary data including all formal parts and all documentation, thus demonstrating individual ability to consider various alternatives, make a decision, plan, organize, establish short- and long-range goals, follow through with a plan, evaluate, revise, and meet a long-range project deadline.
    6. Speak for a minimum of five minutes and a maximum of ten minutes about highlights of the individual business research project using an audio or visual aid appropriately and effectively.
    7. Prepare a clear and concise resume, an effective letter of application, a list of appropriate references, and other related employment letters; demonstrate understanding of interviewing techniques.
    8. Communicate awareness of differing practices and values in international and intercultural business communication.
    9. Demonstrate comprehension of business communication principles by 70 percent achievement on written examinations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Foundations of Business Communication
    2. Business Correspondence
    3. Oral Business Communications
    4. Business Graphics
    5. Business Research and Reports
    6. Business Employment
    7. International/Intercultural Communication
    8. Diversity in the Workplace
    9. Communicating in Teams, Listening, Nonverbal Communication, and Business Etiquette Skills

    Primary Faculty
    Gerber, Randall
    Secondary Faculty
    Schick, Heidi
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BCOM 2060 - Advanced Business Communications

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BCOM 2050 

    Emphasis on the development of business communication skills needed to support a rapidly changing environment. Information, communication, teamwork, presentations, reports and proposals, and listening skills are just part of what is required to today’s business professionals. Important aspects needed to be an effective Knowledge Worker will be presented, investigated, and discussed.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will use advanced business communications tools to communicate effectively in the business environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Format a variety of business documents: a. Create assigned documents (proposals, RFPs, RFQs, SOPs and manuals) meeting instructor specifications.
    2. Given guidelines for effective listening and speaking techniques:
      1. Articulate and define, in writing, the value of assertive listening.
    3. Given information and materials discussing teamwork in the workplace:
      1. Benchmark a company’s processes.
      2. Compare this benchmark to actual performance.
      3. Develop improvement plans.
    4. Improve customer service:
      1. Design effective instruments to determine levels of customer service.
      2. Demonstrate ways to deal effectively with dissatisfied customers.
        1. Effective listening techniques.
        2. Response techniques (social media).
    5. Given tools that support effective communications in the workplace:
      1. Explain the purpose and demonstrate the use of:
        1. Pareto charts.
        2. Cause-and-effect diagrams.
        3. Check sheets.
        4. Histograms.
        5. Scatter diagrams.
        6. Run charts.
        7. Control charts.
        8. Technical description, instructions and process.
    6. Given information about effective external and internal business communications:
      1. Describe a professional business climate conducive to effectively dealing with customers and employees.
    7. Given information about effective listening in the workplace:
      1. Know that listening is a key ingredient for success.
      2. Identify and describe fallacies about listening.
      3. Analyze parts of the listening process.
      4. Analyze the five types of listening in order to become a more effective listener.
      5. Comprehend and learn how to eliminate nine bad listening habits.
      6. Describe the importance of listening and the art of leadership.
      7. Analyze the importance of effective communication and leadership with reference to business communications and the workplace.
    8. Given guidelines in choosing and appropriate topic:
      1. Analyze, choose, decide, organize, and plan effective business presentations.
      2. Use clarification, proof, humorous, and visual support when making business presentations.
      3. Use a variety of strategies when making business presentations.
      4. Effectively handle questions from the audience.
    9. Given a team project:
      1. Describe and use a model for effective teamwork.
      2. Establish direction and goals for the team.
      3. Establish clear roles and ground rules for teams.
      4. Establish accountability.
      5. Develop team-leadership skills.
      6. Develop communication skills that encourage effective team performance.
      7. Develop conflict-management skills.
      8. Establish a decision-making process and empower team members.
      9. Establish positive team behaviors.
      10. Recognize and reward team performance.
      11. Make teamwork part of the culture.
    10. Given a meeting purpose:
      1. Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of effective meeting management.
      2. Conduct information meetings.
      3. Prepare for interactive meetings.
      4. Identify meeting roles.
      5. Deal with meeting disruptions.
      6. Conduct problem-solving meetings.
      7. Conduct decision-making meetings.
    11. Enhance network understanding:
      1. Define, expand, and enhance their personal network and digital communication.
      2. Discover personal communication tendencies for networking.
      3. Understand communication relationships for networking.
      4. Listen for networking and communication.
      5. Identify nonverbal communication for networking.
      6. Understand gender communication for networking.
      7. Understand other cultures and their own culture for networking success.
      8. Write and speak for an international network.

     


    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Communication in the Workplace
      1. Audiences
      2. Listening
      3. Speaking
      4. Documents
      5. Teamwork
      6. Meetings
      7. Networking
    2. Writing and Electronic Technologies
      1. Creating Documents
      2. Communicating and Collaborating
      3. Ethics
      4. Source Material
    3. Using Visuals
      1. Types of Graphics
      2. Guidelines for Using Visuals
    4. Writing Requests for Proposals
      1. Types of Proposals
      2. Information Proposals Provide
    5. Presentations
      1. Types of Presentations
      2. Preparing for a Presentation
      3. Delivering a Presentation

    Primary Faculty
    Gerber, Randall
    Secondary Faculty
    Schick, Heidi
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BCOM 2070 - Technical Business Communications & Project Management Principles

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: BCOM 2050 

    The course will focus on the role of the business professional and the specific components required to successfully manage projects and systems. The course emphasizes managing information technology and communicating ideas to others through project management. Various projects will include an overview of current and emerging technologies impacting project management.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select and apply management concepts to effectively guide and complete projects similar to those found in a business environment.

    Objectives:

    1. Summarize the importance of good project management.
    2. Share examples of good and bad project management.
    3. Use knowledge and skills developed in this class in the future to their specific needs.
    4. Apply project management concepts by working on a group project as a project manager and as an active team member.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select and apply the appropriate vocabulary and communication techniques of a project management professional.

    Objectives:

    1. Characterize what project management means and how it improves the success of projects.
    2. Demonstrate knowledge of project management terms and techniques, such as:
      • The triple constraint of project management
      • The project management knowledge areas and process groups
      • The project life cycle
      • Motivation theory and team building

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to select and apply the appropriate information technology tools to effectively manage projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate knowledge of project management tools and techniques, such as:
      • Project selection methods
      • Network diagrams, critical path analysis, and critical chain scheduling
      • Cost estimates
    2. Use knowledge and skills developed in this class in the future to their specific needs.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to Project Management
      1. What is a Project?
      2. What is Project Management?
      3. The Role of the Project Manager.
    2. The Project Management and Information Technology Context
      1. A Systems View of Project Management
      2. Project Phases and Life Cycle
    3. Project Integration Management
      1. Strategic Planning and Project Selection
      2. Project Plans and Execution
      3. Change Control
      4. Closing Projects
    4. Project Scope Management
      1. Scope Definition
      2. Scope Control
    5. Project Time Management
      1. The Importance of Project Schedules
      2. Schedule Development and Control
    6. Project Cost Management
      1. Importance of Cost Management
      2. Principles of Cost Management
    7. Project Quality Management
      1. Quality Assurance and Control
      2. Tools and Techniques
    8. Project Human Resource Management
      1. Acquiring and Developing the Project Team
      2. Managing the Project Team
    9. Project Communications Management
      1. Communications Planning
      2. Information Distribution
      3. Performance Reporting
      4. Improving Project Communications
    10. Project Risk Management
      1. Risk Identification and Analysis
      2. Monitoring and Control
    11. Project Procurement Management
      1. Purchases and Acquisitions
      2. Planning Contracting
      3. Administering the Contract

    Primary Faculty
    Gerber, Randall
    Secondary Faculty
    Schick, Heidi
    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Business Law

  
  • BLAW 1080 - Business Law 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly BUSN 1080)

    This fundamentals course is designed to provide a comprehensive overview of the legal and social environment of business, contracts, sales, and lease of goods.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain the legal and social environment of business.

    Objectives: With a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. The nature and sources of law
    2. The court system and dispute resolution
    3. The constitution as the foundation of the legal environment
    4. Government regulation of competition and prices
    5. Administrative agencies
    6. Explain crimes
    7. Explain torts
    8. Intellectual property rights and the Internet
    9. Cyberlaw

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain contracts.

    Objectives: With a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Nature and classes of contracts: contracting on the Internet
    2. Formation of contracts: offer and acceptance
    3. Capacity and genuine assent
    4. Consideration
    5. Legality and public policy
    6. Writing, electronic forms, and interpretation of contracts
    7. Third persons and contracts
    8. Discharge of contracts
    9. Breach of contract and remedies

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain sales and leases of goods through assignments, discussions, lectures and examination of:

    Objectives: With a minimum proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Personal property and bailments
    2. Legal aspects of supply chain management
    3. Nature and form of sales
    4. Title and risk of loss
    5. Product liability: warranties and torts
    6. Obligations and performance
    7. Remedies for breach of sales contracts

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. The legal and Social Environment of Business
      1. The Adversary System
    2. Contracts
      1. Offers, Acceptance and Capacity
      2. Consideration and Legality
      3. Statute of Frauds and Evidence Rule
      4. Assignments, discharge and breach of contracts
    3. Sales and Lease of Goods
      1. Personal Property, Bailment and Common Carriers
      2. Sales
      3. Lease of Goods
      4. Title and Risk loss
      5. Product liability and warranties
      6. Obligations, Performance and Remedies

    Primary Faculty
    Hetchler, Robert
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • BLAW 1090 - Business Law 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: BLAW 1080  

    (formerly BUSN 1090)

    This fundamentals course is designed to provide a comprehensive overview of liability of the parties under negotiable instruments, debtor-creditor relationships, agency and employment, equal employment opportunity law, business organizations, and real property and estates.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain the liability of the parties under negotiable instruments.

    Objectives: With a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Kinds of instruments, parties, and negotiability
    2. Transfers of negotiable instruments and warranties of parties
    3. Liability of the parties to negotiable instruments
    4. Checks and funds transfers

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain debtor-creditor relationships.

    Objectives: With a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Nature of the debtor-creditor relationship
    2. Consumer protection
    3. Secured transactions in personal property
    4. Identify and explain bankruptcy
    5. Identify and explain insurance

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain agency and employment.

    Objectives: With a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Identify and explain agency
    2. Third persons in agency
    3. Regulation of employment
    4. Equal employment opportunity law

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain business organizations.

    Objectives: With a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Types of business organizations
    2. Partnerships
    3. LPs, LLCs, and LLPs
    4. Corporation formation
    5. Shareholder rights in corporations
    6. Securities regulation
    7. Accountants’ liability and malpractice
    8. Management of corporations

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and explain real property and estates.

    Objectives: With a minimum of proficiency of Level 3 on the discipline rubric:

    1. Real property
    2. Environmental law and land use control
    3. Identify and explain leases
    4. Decedents’ estates and trusts

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Negotiable Instruments
      1. Promissory Notes and Certificates of Deposit
      2. Checks and Drafts
    2. Debtor - Creditor Relationship
      1. Suretyship and Guaranty
      2. Secured Transactions, Consumer Protection and Insurance
      3. Bankruptcy
    3. Agency and Employment
      1. Agents, Employees and Independent Contractors
      2. Regulation of Employment, Title VII and Elliot-Larson
    4. Business Organizations
      1. Partnerships, Corporations, LP, LLC, and LLP.
      2. State and federal Securities Regulations
      3. Rights and responsibilities of Shareholders, Directors and Officers
    5. Real Property and Estates
      1. Owning, Leasing and Converging Real Estate
      2. Land Use Controls
      3. Decedent’s Estates and Trusts

    Primary Faculty
    Hetchler, Robert
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Johnson, Elise
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Career Services

  
  • CRER 1510 - Workplace Success Strategies

    Credit Hours: 1.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CRER 2510)

    CRER 1510 is a fundamentals course that provides an overview of how work experience complements academic education to prepare students for the workforce. All students are encouraged to take this class especially those participating in an approved internship.

    Billable Contact Hours: 1

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify job related skills and the role of work experience in developing those skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an assignment, the student will establish a professional portfolio.
    2. Given an assignment, the student will discuss workplace skills.
    3. Given an assignment, the student will discuss career related goals and how they relate to the student’s academic and professional development.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Understanding company culture
    2. Employer expectations
    3. Ethics
    4. Diversity
    5. Sexual harassment
    6. Transferable skills
    7. Portfolio Development

    Primary Faculty
    Phillips, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Penkala, Robert
    Dean
    Boyd, Susan



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CRER 2100 - Internship Experience Part-Time

    Credit Hours: 0.00


    Prerequisites: Internship Coordinator’s approval of existing part‑time internship (14‑29 hours per week)

    CRER 2100 provides students with supervised work experience in their field of study. This course may be taken eight times for credit. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 0

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and exhibit technical and professional skills in the workplace.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a supervisor evaluation, student will receive satisfactory ratings on his/her internship performance.
    2. Given a student evaluation, student will provide satisfactory ratings on his/her internship experience and performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work in professional environment.
    2. Receive evaluation of learning from work-site supervisor.
    3. Complete evaluation of internship experience and learning.

    Primary Faculty
    Phillips, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Penkala, Robert
    Dean
    Boyd, Susan



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CRER 2200 - Internship Experience Full-Time

    Credit Hours: 0.00


    Prerequisites: Internship Coordinator’s approval of existing full‑time internship (30‑40 hours per week)

    CRER 2200 provides students with supervised work experience in their field of study. This course may be taken eight times for credit. This course is graded on a pass/fail basis.

    Billable Contact Hours: 0

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate and exhibit technical and professional skills in the workplace.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a supervisor evaluation, student will receive satisfactory ratings on his/her internship performance.
    2. Given a student evaluation, student will provide satisfactory ratings on his/her internship experience and performance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Work in professional environment.
    2. Receive evaluation of learning from work-site supervisor.
    3. Complete evaluation of internship experience and learning.

    Primary Faculty
    Phillips, Lisa
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Penkala, Robert
    Dean
    Boyd, Susan



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Chemistry

  
  • CHEM 1000 - Chemistry for Everyone

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    A chemistry course designed for disciplines outside of the sciences, this course will explore various topics impacting day-to-day life and society as a whole. Students will learn about measurement, the nature of matter, chemicals that impact life, and the role of chemistry in energy production, ecology, and agriculture. The laboratory will provide hands-on experiences that will augment the topics discussed in lecture.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course students will be able to explain the importance of experimental quantification to the study of chemistry

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Apply the principles of the scientific method when describing or collecting data
    2. Employ common scientific units in simple problem-solving and measurement
    3. Balance and interpret chemical equations.
    4. Apply the mole concept to define chemical quantities.
    5. Perform common scientific measurements in the laboratory.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course students will be able to explain the fundamental nature of matter.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Describe the basic structure of the atom, including simple quantum theory
    2. Distinguish between the three phases of matter
    3. Describe how materials can be identified by their physical and chemical properties.
    4. Use the periodic table to predict some properties of the atom
    5. Distinguish between the different forms of pure substances and mixtures
    6. Name simple molecular and ionic substances
    7. Describe the nature of ionic and covalent bonding
    8. Determine the nature and impact of intermolecular attractions
    9. Identify ways the atomic nucleus can undergo change

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course students will be able to differentiate the chemistry of important classes of compounds, especially emphasizing biological functionality.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Identify and describe the nature of water
    2. Identify and evaluate acids and bases from structure and pH
    3. Describe the chemical nature of a buffer solution and how it resists pH change.
    4. Recognize hydrocarbons and functional groups
    5. Identify and describe the function of each of the four major classes of biomolecules.
    6. Classify and describe the function of common drugs.
    7. Identify the parts of the cell
    8. Classify metabolic reactions in the body

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course students will be able to analyze the role chemistry plays in agriculture, ecology, and energy Production

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Identify oxidation and reduction reactions in batteries and fuel cells
    2. Describe the flow of energy and nutrients between trophic levels
    3. Compare and contrast sustainable agricultural practices with traditional practices.
    4. Identify sources of water and air pollution
    5. Describe the advantages and disadvantages of fossil fuels and their alternatives

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Basic Concepts about Matter
      1. Mixtures
      2. Pure Substances
      3. Properties of Matter
    2. Measurement in Chemistry
      1. Describing mass, length, volume, and temperature
      2. Metric system
      3. Common laboratory equipment and techniques
    3. Atom Structure and the Periodic Table
      1. The Atom’s Nucleus and Orbitals
      2. Predicting periodic properties
      3. Nuclear change
    4. Chemical Bonding
      1. Ionic Bonding
      2. Covalent Bonding
      3. Simple Lewis Structures
      4. Simple Nomenclature
    5. Chemical Calculations and Equations
      1. Formula Weights
      2. Mole Concept
      3. Balancing chemical reactions
    6. States of Matter
      1. Ideal Gas Laws
      2. Intermolecular Attractive Forces
    7. Acids and Bases
      1. Properties of Acids and Bases
      2. PH scale
    8. Organic and Biochemistry
      1. Molecular structure of organic compounds
      2. Functional groups
      3. Structure of the cell
      4. Classes and function of biomolecules
      5. Metabolism
      6. Pharmacology
    9. Chemistry in Society
      1. Ecology
      2. Agriculture
      3. Energy Production

    Primary Faculty
    Lograsso, Laura
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 1050 - Introduction to General Chemistry

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: MATH 0070  proficiency (demonstrated by math placement score, completing MATH 0070  with grade C or better, being enrolled in a higher level math, or having higher level math on college transcript)

    This course is intended for those students who have never had or need a review of high school chemistry, and for some degree programs (Health and Human Services and other career preparation programs) requiring a course in chemistry basics. Topics introduced include: math and measurement, atomic structure, chemical bonding, naming and formulas, treatment of chemical reactions, stoichiometry, gas laws, solutions, and acid-base chemistry. The laboratory component complements lecture material while introducing students to a variety of experimental techniques.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of typical physical science problems.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Perform conversions between common scientific units using dimensional analysis approach.
    2. Perform problems based on density, heat, and temperature.
    3. Carry proper significant digits during addition/subtraction and multiplication/division problems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the different types of matter found in nature.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Distinguish between types of pure substances and mixtures.
    2. Relate the arrangement of the periodic table to properties of substances found in the universe.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of ionic and covalent compounds.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Explain bonding using the octet rule.
    2. Draw simple Lewis structures of atoms, ions, and molecules.
    3. Predict simple geometries of covalently-bonded structures using VSEPR theory.
    4. Apply nomenclature rules for ionic and binary covalent compounds.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of basic chemical reactions.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Balance skeletal chemical reactions.
    2. Distinguish between decomposition, composition, single displacement, double displacement, and neutralization reactions.
    3. Describe simple oxidation-reduction reactions.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the mole concept.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Calculate formula masses.
    2. Convert between mass, moles, and numbers of fundamental particles.
    3. Relate quantities of reactants and products consumed and/or produced during chemical reactions.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of chemical solutions.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Apply knowledge of intermolecular forces to predict if materials will form solutions.
    2. Solve problems based on the dissolving process in aqueous solutions.
    3. Describe colligative properties of a solution.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of applications of the kinetic molecular theory of gases.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Apply gas laws to solve problems.
    2. Describe fundamental ideas of kinetic molecular theory.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will have a working knowledge of introductory kinetics and equilibrium.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Predict how factors affect reaction rates.
    2. Use LeChatelier’s Theory to predict change in chemical equilibria.
    3. Understand what it means for a reaction to be at equilibrium.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of Bronsted-Lowry acid/base concepts.

    Objectives: During the course the student will:

    1. Identify strong and weak acids and bases.
    2. Calculate the pH of strong acid and strong base solutions.
    3. Identify components of a neutralization reaction.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Basic Concepts about Matter
      1. Mixtures
      2. Pure Substances
    2. Measurement in Chemistry
      1. Metric System
      2. Unit Conversions
      3. Significant digits
    3. Atom Structure and the Periodic Table
    4. Chemical Bonding
      1. Ionic Bonding
      2. Covalent Bonding
      3. Lewis Structures
      4. VSPER Theory
      5. Nomenclature
    5. Chemical Calculations and Equations
      1. Formula Weights
      2. Mole Concept
      3. Stoichiometry
    6. Gases and Liquids
      1. Ideal Gas Laws
      2. Intermolecular Attractive Forces
    7. Solutions
      1. Concentration Units
      2. Dilution Problems
      3. Colligative Properties
    8. Reactions
      1. Types of Reactions
      2. Kinetics
      3. Equilibrium
    9. Acids and Bases
      1. Properties of Acids and Bases
      2. PH scale
      3. Conjugate Acids and Bases
      4. Weak Acids and Bases

    Primary Faculty
    Wahby, Mona
    Secondary Faculty
    Lograsso, Laura
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 1060 - Introduction to Organic Chemistry & Biochemistry

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 1050  with grade C or better, or equivalent

    This course introduces basics of organic and biochemistry and meets the degree requirements for many health science fields. Organic chemistry topics include nomenclature, structure, and reactivity of hydrocarbons and functional groups. Biochemistry topics include structure, reactivity, and metabolism of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, and nucleic acid. The laboratory component complements and reinforces the topics covered in lecture. This course is strongly recommended as preparation for CHEM 2260.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of saturated and unsaturated hydrocarbons.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the structures of alkanes, alkenes, and cycloalkenes.
    2. Name these compounds using IUPAC and common nomenclature.
    3. Describe the physical and chemical properties of alkanes, alkenes, and cycloalkenes.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of alcohols, ethers, and thiols.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify the structural features of these molecules.
    2. Name these molecules using nomenclature.
    3. Describe the physical and chemical properties of these molecules.
    4. Identify commonly-encountered alcohols.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of aldehydes and ketones.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify the structures, features, and common types of reactions of these molecules.
    2. Name these molecules using nomenclature.
    3. Describe the chemical properties and preparation of these molecules.
    4. Identify commonly-encountered aldehydes and ketones.
    5. Identify carboxylic acids, anhydrides, and esters.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of amines and amides.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify the structural features of these molecules.
    2. Name these molecules using nomenclature.
    3. Describe the chemical properties and preparation of these molecules.
    4. Describe the biological importance of amides.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of carbohydrates.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the occurrence and function of carbohydrates.
    2. Explain the chirality of these molecules.
    3. Describe Fischer Projections.
    4. Name the properties of enantiomers.
    5. Classify monosaccharides and identify their reactions.
    6. Identify polysaccharides, glyrolipids, and glycoproteins.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of lipids.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify fatty acids, waxes, phosphoacylgycerols, steroids, fats, oils, and eicosanoids.
    2. Describe the reactions of triacylglycerols.
    3. Explain the transport of lipids across cell membranes.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of proteins.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Name the amino acids.
    2. Name acid=base properties.
    3. Describe peptide formation.
    4. Describe protein structure, hydrolysis, and denaturation.
    5. Identify glycoproteins and lipoproteins.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of nucleic acids and protein synthesis.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify the types and structures of nucleic acids.
    2. Explain nucleic acid involvement in protein synthesis and relate it to DNA recombinant technology.
    3. Explain synthesis and the role of RNA to genetic code.
    4. Describe translation and mutation of proteins.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of enzymes.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the characteristics, structure, and formation of enzymes.
    2. Name enzymes using nomenclature.
    3. Identify factors that affect enzyme activity.
    4. Name medical uses of enzymes.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of specific catabolic pathways.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe digestion.
    2. Identify reaction end-products and energy production.
    3. Identify relationships between metabolic pathways.

    Outcome 11: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of bioenergetics.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe reactions of the electron transport chain
    2. Calculate the number of ATPs produced for each type of macromolecule

    Outcome 12: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proficiency in fundamental laboratory techniques and calculations.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify important compounds in metabolic pathways.
    2. Describe the citric acid cycle.
    3. Describe the electron transport.
    4. Describe oxidative phosphorylation.
    5. Explain ATP production and its importance.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Saturated Hydrocarbons
      1. Structures of simple alkanes
      2. Formulas
      3. Isomerism
      4. IUPAC Nomenclature for alkanes
      5. Cycloalkanes
      6. Formulas of cycloalkanes
      7. IUPAC nomenclature for cycloalkanes
      8. Physical and chemical properties of alkanes and cycloalkanes
    2. Unsaturated Hydrocarbons
      1. Alkenes and cycloalkenes
      2. Physical and chemical properties of alkenes
      3. Nomenclature
      4. Isomerism
      5. Aromatic hydrocarbons
      6. Physical and chemical properties of aromatic compounds
      7. Nomenclature
    3. Alcohols, Ethers and Thiols
      1. Structural features of molecules
      2. Nomenclature
      3. Commonly encountered alcohols
      4. Chemical and physical properties
    4. Aldehydes and Ketones
      1. Structural features of molecules
      2. Nomenclature
      3. Commonly encountered aldehydes and ketones
      4. Chemical properties and preparation
      5. Common types of reactions of aldehydes and ketones
      6. Carboxylic Acids, Anhydrides, Esters
      7. Structural features of molecules
      8. Nomenclature
      9. Chemical properties and preparation
      10. Common types of reactions
    5. Amines and amides
      1. Structural features of molecules
      2. Nomenclature
      3. Chemical properties and preparation
      4. Biological importance of amides
    6. Carbohydrates
      1. Occurrence and function
      2. Chirality of molecules
      3. Fischer Projections
      4. Properties of enantiomers
      5. Monosaccharides
      6. Classification
      7. Reactions
      8. Polysaccharides, glycolipids, and glycoproteins
    7. Lipids
      1. Fatty acids
      2. Fats and oils
      3. Reactions of Triacylglycerols
      4. Phosphoacylglycerols
      5. Waxes
      6. Sphingolipids
      7. Steroids
      8. Eicosanoids
      9. Transport across cell membranes
    8. Proteins
      1. Amino acids
      2. Acid-base properties
      3. Peptide formation
      4. Protein structure: primary, secondary, tertiary, and quaternary structure
      5. Protein hydrolysis
      6. Protein denaturation
      7. Glycoproteins
      8. Lipoproteins
    9. Nucleic Acids and Protein Synthesis
      1. Types and structure of nucleic acids
      2. DNA replication
      3. Protein synthesis
      4. Transcription
      5. Synthesis and role of RNA and the genetic code
      6. Translation and mutation of proteins
    10. Enzymes
      1. Characteristics
      2. Nomenclature
      3. Enzyme structure and function
      4. Factors that affect enzyme activity
      5. Vitamins and minerals
      6. Medical uses of enzymes
    11. Specific Catabolic Pathways: Carbohydrate, Lipid And Protein Metabolism
      1. Digestion
      2. Reaction end-products and energy production
      3. Relationships between metabolic pathways
    12. Bioenergetics: How the body converts food to energy
      1. Important compounds in metabolic pathways
      2. The citric acid cycle
      3. The electron transport chain
      4. Oxidative phosporylation
      5. ATP production and importance

    Primary Faculty
    Wahby, Mona
    Secondary Faculty
    Lograsso, Laura
    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 1170 - General Chemistry 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 1050  with grade C or better and MATH 1000  proficiency (demonstrated by math placement score, completing MATH 1000 with grade C or better, being enrolled in higher math, or having higher level math on transcript); or a passing score on the American Chemical Society Placement Test

    This course, intended for those seeking a degree in science or a pre-professional program (e.g. engineering, pre-medical, etc.), examines the areas of atomic and molecular structure, chemical periodicity, chemical bonding, reactions and stoichiometry, thermodynamics, solutions, and gas laws. The laboratory component enhances the lecture topics and begins to develop the student’s repertoire of laboratory skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of chemistry and measurement.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Demonstrate proficient use of metric and SI units.
    2. Perform unit conversions.
    3. Carry proper significant figures in all calculated work.

    Outcome 2: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of atoms, molecules, and ions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the basic atomic structure.
    2. Use ionic and covalent nomenclature.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate working knowledge of chemical calculations and chemical formulas.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Perform moles/mass conversions.
    2. Calculate empirical formulas.
    3. Perform stoichiometry calculations.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of chemical reactions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Predict products for common types of aqueous reactions.
    2. Write net ionic reactions.
    3. Balance simple oxidation-reduction and non-oxidation-reduction reactions.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of gaseous behavior.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Apply kinetic-molecular theory.
    2. Perform calculations using ideal gas laws.
    3. Predict non-ideal gas behavior.

    Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of thermochemistry.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Apply calorimetry to solve a variety of heat problems.
    2. Use Hess’ Law.
    3. Calculate heats of reaction.

    Outcome 7: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of quantum theory of the atom.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Demonstrate the relationships between electromagnetic radiation and energy changes within the atom.
    2. Use quantum numbers.

    Outcome 8: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of ionic and covalent bonding.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use Lewis dot structures.
    2. Identify octet rule violations.

    Outcome 9: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of molecular geometry.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Apply VSEPR theory.
    2. Explain hybrid orbital theory.

    Outcome 10: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of states of matter.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Utilize heats of fusion and vaporization in heat process calculations.
    2. Interpret phase diagrams.
    3. Explain intermolecular attractive forces.

    Outcome 11: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of solutions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Display proficiency with all the common concentration units.
    2. Determine effect of solute mass and concentration on colligative properties.

    Outcome 12: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate proficiency in fundamental laboratory techniques and calculations.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Read and record the proper volume digits for common laboratory glassware.
    2. Record data and perform routine calculations.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Chemistry and Measurement
      1. Metric System
      2. Unit Conversions
      3. Significant Figures
    2. Atoms, Molecules, and Ions
      1. Basic Atomic Structure
      2. Ionic and Covalent Nomenclature
    3. Calculations with Chemical Formulas
      1. Formula Weights
      2. Moles/Mass Conversion
      3. Stoichiometry Calculations
    4. Chemical Reactions
      1. Types of Reactions
      2. Net Ionic Reactions
    5. Gases
      1. Kinetic-Molecular Theory
      2. Ideal Gas Laws
      3. Non-ideal Gases
    6. Thermochemistry
      1. Calorimetry
      2. Hess’ Law
      3. Heats of Reaction
    7. Quantum Theory of the Atom
      1. Light and Energy
      2. The Bohr Atom
      3. Quantum Numbers
    8. Electron Configuration and Periodicity
    9. Ionic and Covalent Bonding
      1. Valence Electrons and Octet Rule
      2. Lewis Dot Structures
      3. Octet Rule Violations
    10. Molecular Geometry
      1. VSEPR Theory
      2. Hybrid Orbital Theory
      3. Molecular Orbital Theory
    11. States of Matter
      1. Heats of Vaporization and Fusion
      2. Phase Diagrams
      3. Intermolecular Attractive Forces
    12. Solutions
      1. Dissolving Processes
      2. Concentration Units
      3. Colligative Properties

    Primary Faculty
    Lograsso, Laura
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 1180 - General Chemistry 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 1170  with grade C or better

    A continuation of CHEM 1170 with emphasis on kinetics, chemical equilibrium of gaseous and aqueous environments, acid-base interactions, electrochemistry, nuclear chemistry, and coordination compounds. The laboratory component develops more independent skills as students plan and implement a series of qualitative semimicro analyses of ions in addition to demonstrating lecture concepts.

    Billable Contact Hours: 7

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of general equilibrium principles.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Perform calculations based on the equilibrium constant.
    2. Apply LeChatelier’s Principle to describe reaction changes at equilibrium.
    3. Understand and relate Kp and Kc.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of acids and bases in an aqueous environment.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the chemistry of acids and bases primarily using the Bronsted-Lowry model.
    2. Relate acid/base strengths based on structural information.
    3. Write and apply neutralization reactions.
    4. Interpret the pH scale.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of acid/base equilibria.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Calculate the pH of weak and strong acids and bases.
    2. Perform strong acid/strong base titration calculations.
    3. Perform weak acid/strong base titration calculations.
    4. Analyze and solve buffer system problems.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of solubility product and complex formation equilibria.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Evaluate the relationship between Ksp and solubility.
    2. Predict precipitate formation based on ion concentrations.
    3. Evaluate the relationship between free metal ion concentration in a solution of metal ion complex.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of reaction kinetics.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Evaluate potential energy diagrams.
    2. Derive rate laws based on empirical information.
    3. Apply integrated rate-concentration equations for 1st and 2nd order reactions.
    4. Describe how various factors affect reaction rate.
    5. Relate consumption and production rates stoichiometrically.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of thermodynamics as it relates to chemical equilibria.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe and relate enthalpy, entropy, and Gibb’s Free Energy.
    2. Understand how enthalpy and entropy affect reaction spontaneity.
    3. Calculate enthalpy, entropy, and Gibb’s Free Energy for reactions.
    4. Evaluate relationship between the equilibrium constant and Gibb’s Free energy.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of nuclear chemistry.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Write and balance decay and bombardment reactions.
    2. Predict outcomes of common nuclear decay processes.
    3. Determine mass and energy changes in the atom during decay processes.
    4. Relate changes in number of radioactive nuclei with time.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of electrochemistry.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Explain the role of all parts of a voltaic cell.
    2. Balance oxidation-reduction reactions in acid or base environment.
    3. Calculate the standard cell potential for an oxidation-reduction reaction.
    4. Apply the Nernst equation to non-standard voltaic conditions.
    5. Calculate reaction outcomes for electrolytic cells.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of transition metal complexes.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Name transition metal complexes.
    2. Apply crystal field theory.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Rates of Reaction
      1. Determination of Rate
      2. Change of Rate with Concentration and Temperature
      3. Collision Theory
      4. Transition-State Theory
      5. Arrhenius Equation
    2. Chemical Equilibrium
      1. Equilibrium Constant
      2. Heterogeneous Equilibria
      3. Qualitative Interpretation of Equilibrium Constant
      4. Le Chatelier’s Principle
    3. Acids and Bases
      1. Definitions of Acids and Bases
      2. Strengths of Acids and Bases
      3. Self-Ionization of Water
      4. Solutions of a Strong Acid or Base
      5. pH of a Solution
    4. Acid-Base Equilibria
      1. Acid-Ionization Constant
      2. Polyprotic Acids
      3. Base-Ionization Constant
      4. Salt Solutions
      5. Common-Ion Effect
      6. Buffers
      7. Acid-Base Titration Curves
    5. Solubility
      1. Solubility Product Constant
      2. Solubility and Common-Ion Effect
      3. Precipitation
      4. Effect of pH on Solubility
    6. Complex-Ions
      1. Complex-Ion Formation Constant
      2. Complex-Ion Dissociation Constant
      3. Complex-Ions and Solubility
      4. Qualitative Analysis of Metal Ions
    7. Thermodynamics
      1. First Law of Thermodynamics
      2. Second Law of Thermodynamics
      3. Third Law of Thermodynamics
      4. Free Energy
      5. Relationship between Free Energy and Equilibrium Constant
      6. Affect of Temperature on Free Energy
    8. Electrochemistry
      1. Balancing Redox Reactions in Acidic and Basic Solutions
      2. Voltaic Cells
      3. emf
      4. Standard Electrode Potentials
      5. Equilibrium Constants and emf
      6. Nernst Equation
      7. Electrolysis
      8. Stoichiometric Calculations of Electrolytic Cells
    9. Nuclear Chemistry
      1. Radioactivity
      2. Nuclear Bombardment Reactions
      3. Detection of Radiation
      4. Effects of Radiation
      5. Applications of Radioactive Isotopes
      6. Mass-Energy Calculations
      7. Nuclear Fission
      8. Nuclear Fusion
    10. Coordination Compounds
      1. Characteristics of Transition Elements
      2. Chemistry of Transition Elements
      3. Formation of Complexes
      4. Structure of Complexes
      5. Nomenclature of Coordination Compounds
      6. Isomerism of Coordination Compounds
      7. Valence Bond Theory of Complexes
      8. Crystal Field Theory
    11. Organic Chemistry
      1. Bonding
      2. Alkanes
      3. Alkenes
      4. Alkynes
      5. Aromatic Hydrocarbons
      6. Nomenclature of Organic Molecules
      7. Organic Compounds Containing O and N

    Primary Faculty
    Champagne, Mark
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 2260 - Organic Chemistry 1

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 1180  with grade C or better

    This course is intended for science majors or those in pre-professional programs (e.g., pre-medical, pre-pharmacy, etc.). The structure, nomenclature, preparation, and reactivity of aliphatic and aromatic compounds are studied, including reaction mechanisms, stereochemistry, conformational analysis, and bonding theories. Carbocation chemistry is also studied. Functional groups and the principles of organic synthesis are introduced.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to predict chemical properties of compounds based on the structure of these compounds.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe chemical bonding using the Lewis and Valence Bonding Theories.
    2. Draw representations of organic compounds using various structural formulas.
    3. Draw and predict the validity of resonance forms.
    4. Predict the shape and polarity of simple molecules and molecular fragments.
    5. Use acid/base theories to predict the directionality of chemical reactions.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of saturated hydrocarbons
    (alkanes and cycloalkanes).

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Classify hydrocarbons as aliphatic or aromatic.
    2. Identify aliphatic hydrocarbons as alkanes, alkenes or alkynes.
    3. Describe bonding in alkenes and cycloalkanes using sp3 hybridization.
    4. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures to alkanes and cycloalkanes.
    5. Distinguish between primary (1º), secondary (2º) and tertiary (3º) carbon atoms.
    6. Explain the physical properties of alkanes and cycloalkanes.
    7. Use heats of combustion to measure the stability of isomeric alkanes and cycloalkanes.

    Outcome 3: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to discuss the relative stability of alkanes and cycloalkanes using conformational analysis.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Distinguish between eclipsed and staggered conformations.
    2. Draw molecules using sawhorse and Newman projections.
    3. Relate potential energy diagrams to torsional and steric strain.
    4. Identify the shapes of cycloalkanes in terms of angle strain.
    5. Draw and identify axial and equatorial substituents on a cyclohexane ring.
    6. Identify the most stable conformation of mono- and disubstituted cyclohexanes.
    7. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures to polycyclic ring systems.
    8. Identify and draw common heterocyclic compounds.

    Outcome 4: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of compounds containing alcohol and alkyl halide functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify and name various organic functional groups.
    2. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for alcohols and alkyl halides.
    3. Distinguish between primary (1º), secondary (2º) and tertiary (3º) alcohols and alkyl halides.
    4. Discuss the physical and chemical properties of alcohols and alkyl halides in terms of their intermolecular forces.
    5. Describe the synthesis of alkyl halides from alcohols and hydrogen halides.
    6. Draw and explain each step involved in SN1 and SN2 reaction mechanisms.
    7. Relate carbocation stability to the rates of applicable substitution reactions.
    8. Relate alcohol structure to the rates of applicable substitution reactions.
    9. Describe the synthesis of alkyl halides from alcohols and specialized inorganic reagents.
    10. Discuss the free radical halogenation of alkanes and cycloalkanes, using light or heat, in terms of the stability of the free radicals generated.

    Outcome 5: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the synthesis of compounds containing alkene and cycloalkene functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    2. Assign stereochemical descriptors to alkene and cycloalkene names using the cis/trans or E/Z systems where appropriate.
    3. Use the sp2 hybridization scheme to describe the structure and bonding in alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    4. Explain the stability of substituted alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    5. Describe the synthesis of alkenes and cycloalkenes through a variety of elimination reactions.
    6. Use Zaitsev’s rule to predict the regioselectivity of elimination reactions.
    7. Write and explain each step of E1 and E2 reaction mechanisms.
    8. Account for unusual alkene products through alternate rearrangement pathways.
    9. Describe anti elimination in E2 reactions.

    Outcome 6: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the reactions of compounds containing alkene and cycloalkene functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Use heats of hydrogenation to predict the stability of substituted alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    2. Account for the stereochemistry of alkene hydrogenation.
    3. Predict the products of electrophilic addition reactions of alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    4. Explain the regioselectivity of addition reactions using Markovnikov’s rule.
    5. Provide a mechanistic explanation for Markovnikov’s rule.
    6. Justify certain addition products based on carbocation rearrangements.
    7. Explain the free radical addition products of alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    8. Account for the stereochemistry of hydroboration/oxidation reactions of alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    9. Use mechanisms to explain the stereochemistry of addition products to alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    10. Use retrosynthetic analysis to devise synthetic pathways starting from alkenes and cycloalkenes.
    11. Explain the formation of polymers starting from alkene monomers.

    Outcome 7: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to develop a feeling for molecules as three-dimensional objects.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Distinguish between chiral and achiral molecules.
    2. Describe the relationship between pairs of molecules (identical, constitutional isomers, enantiomers, diastereomers, etc…).
    3. Locate symmetry elements within a compound.
    4. Identify if a molecule is optically active.
    5. Provide the proper R/S stereochemical descriptors to the names of chiral molecules.
    6. Represent the three dimensional arrangement of a molecule’s atoms using Fischer projections.
    7. Describe reactions that produce one (or more) chiral centers.
    8. Describe the resolution of stereoisomers.

    Outcome 8: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of nucleophilic substitution reactions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Differentiate between nucleophiles and electrophiles.
    2. Describe the usefulness of the halides as leaving groups.
    3. Predict the stereochemistry of the products of an SN1 or SN2reaction.
    4. Relate electrophile structure to the rates of SN2 reactions.
    5. Predict the nucleophilicity of nucleophiles.
    6. Discuss solvent effects on the rate of substitution reactions.
    7. Analyze the competition between substitution and elimination reactions.
    8. Describe leaving group transformation reactions.

    Outcome 9: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the preparation and reactions of compounds containing alkyne and cycloalkyne functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for alkynes and cycloalkynes.
    2. Use the sp hybridization scheme to describe the structure and bonding in alkynes and cycloalkynes.
    3. Explain the unusual acidity of terminal alkynes.
    4. Describe methods to prepare alkynes and cycloalkynes.
    5. Illustrate common reactions of alkynes and cycloalkynes.

    Outcome 10: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the preparation and reactions of compounds containing polyenes and allylic functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify various conjugated systems.
    2. Identify allylic and vinylic substituents.
    3. Rationalize the increased stability of allylic systems.
    4. Predict the product distribution of allylic systems.
    5. Illustrate common reactions of conjugated systems.
    6. Differentiate between conjugated, isolated and cumulated dienes.
    7. Describe methods to prepare dienes.
    8. Predict the products of conjugate and direct addition reactions of dienes.

    Outcome 11: Upon successful completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the basic properties and reactions of arenes.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe what is meant by aromatic stability and how it applies to compounds containing a benzene unit.
    2. Illustrate the thought process behind the discovery of benzene’s structure.
    3. Use resonance pictures to describe the structure of benzene.
    4. Provide acceptable IUPAC names for mono- and polysubstituted derivatives of benzene.
    5. Draw the most stable resonance contributor for polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons.
    6. Compare the physical properties of aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Fundamentals of Organic Structure
      1. Lewis and Valence Bonding Theory
      2. Acid/Base Theory
      3. Nomenclature of Alkanes
      4. Structure of Alkanes
      5. Conformational Analysis of Alkanes
    2. Fundamentals of Organic Reactivity
      1. Substitution Reactions in Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
      2. The Mechanisms of SN1 and SN2 Reaction
      3. Elimination Reactions of Alcohols and Alkyl Halides
      4. The Mechanisms of E1 and E2 Reactions
      5. Addition Reactions of Alkenes and Alkynes
      6. The Mechanism of Addition Reactions
      7. Stereochemistry in Organic Reactions
      8. Introduction to Retro-Synthetic Analysis and Organic Synthesis
    3. Introduction to Conjugation and Aromaticity
      1. Allylic Systems
      2. Dienes
      3. Bonding in Conjugated Dienes
      4. Addition to Conjugated Dienes
      5. The Diels-Alder Reaction
      6. Introduction to Molecular Orbital Theory
      7. The Stability of Benzene
      8. The Resonance Theory of Benzene
      9. The MO Theory of Benzene
      10. Nomenclature of Benzene Derivatives
      11. Hückel’s Rule
      12. The Frost Circle
      13. Aromaticity in Compounds Other Than Benze

    Primary Faculty
    Tramontozzi, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 2270 - Organic Chemistry Laboratory

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 2260  with grade C or better

    This laboratory class introduces students to important organic chemistry techniques used for the purification and characterization of organic compounds (e.g., crystallization, melting point, distillation, chromatography, etc.). Molecular spectroscopy (NMR, IR, etc.) is incorporated with an emphasis on structure determination. A variety of organic syntheses are carried out to give students a hands-on experience with the range of reactions discussed in lecture.

    Billable Contact Hours: 5

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of common organic laboratory techniques.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify unknown samples using melting points and boiling points.
    2. Purify samples by recrystallization.
    3. Separate mixtures of compounds by distillation.
    4. Use extraction to separate mixtures of compounds.
    5. Apply thin layer chromatography (TLC) to test the progress of a reaction and the purity of a sample.
    6. Employ column chromatography to separate mixtures of compounds.
    7. Thoroughly clean glassware and work areas.
    8. Handle and dispose of hazardous waste in the proper waste receptacles.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify which molecular fragments are responsible for observed spectroscopic signals.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Assign peaks in an infrared spectrum of their sample.
    2. Identify which molecular fragments are responsible for the peaks in a mass spectrum of their sample.
    3. Explain the splitting pattern, integration and position of peaks in a proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum of their sample.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to set up, carry out, isolate, clean up and characterize the products of common organic chemistry reactions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Carry out and identify the products of substitution reactions.
    2. Carry out and identify the products of radical reactions.
    3. Carry out and identify the products of elimination reactions.
    4. Carry out and identify the products of oxidation reactions.
    5. Carry out and identify the products of electrophilic aromatic substitution reactions.
    6. Carry out and identify the products of Grignard reactions.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to present all of their research and findings in a properly written lab report.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Research relevant topics and present background theory on the subject of interest.
    2. Maintain proper lab notes.
    3. Formulate logical procedures.
    4. Reference all literature used according to the acceptable format.
    5. Neatly present all data and observations.
    6. Discuss results and future directions.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Unit 1 - Organic Laboratory Techniques (Four Weeks)

    1. Purify an organic solid by crystallization.
    2. Identify and characterize an organic solid by melting point determination.
    3. Determine the purity of an organic solid by melting point determination.
    4. Explain the theory of melting point depression.
    5. Purify an organic liquid by simple and fractional distillation.
    6. Explain the theory of simple and fractional distillation.
    7. Identify and characterize an organic liquid by boiling point determination.
    8. Explain the theory of boiling point elevation.
    9. Isolate an organic compound by solvent extraction.
    10. Evaluate the purity of a sample by thin layer chromatography (TLC).
    11. Monitor the progress of an organic reaction by TLC.
    12. Separate a mixture into its component parts by column chromatography.
    13. Explain the theory of chromatography.

    Unit 2 - Organic Spectroscopy (Four Weeks)

    1. Explain the theory of NMR spectroscopy.
    2. Explain the theory of IR spectroscopy.
    3. Explain the theory of mass spectroscopy.
    4. Explain the theory of UV-Vis spectroscopy.
    5. Prepare an organic sample for spectroscopic use and collect the spectrum of that sample.
    6. Analyze spectroscopic data in order to determine the structure of an unknown organic compound.

    Unit 3 - Organic Synthesis (Eight Weeks)

    1. Design and conduct experiments to perform simple organic synthetic transformations.
      1. Alcohols to alkenes
      2. Carbonyls to alcohols by reduction
      3. Alcohols to carbonyls by oxidation
      4. Electrophilic aromatic substitution
      5. Organometallic reactions
      6. Nucleophilic substitution reactions

    Primary Faculty
    Tramontozzi, David
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHEM 2280 - Organic Chemistry 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHEM 2260  with grade C or better

    This course is a continuation of CHEM 2260. Electrophilic and nucleophilic aromatic reactions are explored. The chemistry of the functional groups (alcohols, aldehydes, ketones, acids, acid derivatives, ethers, amines, thiols, etc.) is studied with a continuing emphasis on mechanisms. Organic synthesis is also a major theme of this course, including the role of carbanions.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the preparation and reactions of compounds containing polyenes and allylic functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Identify various conjugated systems.
    2. Rationalize the increased stability of allylic systems.
    3. Predict the product distribution of addition reactions to allylic systems.
    4. Illustrate common reactions of conjugated systems.
    5. Differentiate between conjugated, isolated and cumulated dienes.
    6. Describe methods to prepare dienes.
    7. Predict the products of conjugate and direct addition of dienes.
    8. Predict the products of the Diels-Alder reaction.
    9. Explain the stereospecificity and regioselectivity of the Diels-Alder reaction.
    10. Rationalize pericyclic reactions using molecular orbital theory.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the basic properties and reactions of arenes.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe aromatic stability.
    2. Use resonance to describe the structure and stability of aromatic compounds.
    3. Provide acceptable IUPAC names for mono- and polysubstituted derivatives of benzene.
    4. Compare the physical properties of aromatic and aliphatic hydrocarbons.
    5. Predict the product(s) following the reduction of a compound containing a benzene ring.
    6. Predict the product(s) following reactions that manipulate substituents on a benzene ring.
    7. Justify the stabilizing effect of benzene as a substituent.
    8. Use Hückel’s Rule to explain aromaticity.
    9. Explain the stability of annulenes.
    10. Justify the stability of aromatic ions and heterocyclic compounds.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the electrophilic aromatic substitution (EAS) reactions of arenes.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Contrast the EAS reactions of arenes and eletrophilic addition reactions of alkenes.
    2. 3Predict the product(s) of representative EAS reactions of benzene.
    3. Rationalize the product(s) of EAS reactions of benzene mechanistically.
    4. Explain the regioselectivity of EAS reactions involving substituted benzenes.
    5. Account for the rates of EAS reactions of substituted benzenes using mechanisms and resonance.
    6. Predict the product(s) of EAS reactions of polysubstituted benzene rings.
    7. Predict the product(s) of EAS reactions involving heterocyclic and polycyclic aromatic compounds.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of organometallic compounds and their usefulness in carbon-carbon bond forming reactions.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures to organometallic compounds.
    2. Describe reactions to prepare organometallic reagents.
    3. Compare the basic behavior of certain organometallic reagents.
    4. Predict the product(s) of reactions involving organometallic reagents.
    5. Use mechanisms to illustrate reactions involving organometallic reagents.
    6. Devise synthetic procedures using retrosynthetic analysis.
    7. Describe the preparation and reactions of carbenes and carbenoids.
    8. Recognize the stability of transition-metal organometallic compounds using the 18-electron rule.
    9. Explain the usefulness of transition-metal organometallic compounds in catalysis.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing alcohol, diol and thiol functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Illustrate natural sources and the properties of alcohols, diols and thiols.
    2. Explain common procedures for the preparation of alcohols and diols.
    3. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving alcohols and diols.
    4. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for thiols.
    5. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving thiols.
    6. Use mechanisms to illustrate reactions involving alcohols, diols and thiols.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing ether, epoxide and sulfide functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for compounds containing ether, epoxide and sulfide functionalities.
    2. Describe the structure, bonding and physical properties of ethers, epoxides and sulfides.
    3. Illustrate the complexing ability of crown ethers and their usefulness as phase transfer reagents.
    4. Explain common procedures for the preparation of ethers, epoxides and sulfides.
    5. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving ethers, epoxides and sulfides.
    6. Use mechanisms to illustrate reactions involving ethers, epoxides and sulfides.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing aldehyde and ketone functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for compounds containing aldehyde and ketone functionalities.
    2. Describe the structure, bonding and physical properties of compounds containing the carbonyl functional group.
    3. Explain common procedures for the preparation of aldehydes and ketones.
    4. Predict the product(s) of common nucleophilic addition reactions involving aldehydes and ketones.
    5. Use mechanisms to illustrate nucleophilic addition reactions involving aldehydes and ketones.
    6. Explain substitution effects on the stability and reaction rates of the carbonyl group.
    7. Describe the usefulness of acetals as protecting groups.
    8. Depict the synthesis of alkenes using the Wittig reaction.
    9. Explain the stereoselectivity of nucleophilic addition reactions of aldehydes and ketones.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing enol and enolate functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Describe the structure, bonding, physical and chemical properties of compounds containing the enol functional group.
    2. Predict the product(s) of reactions involving the ?-carbon atom and explain their formation mechanistically.
    3. Rationalize the equilibrium in keto-enol tautomerism.
    4. Predict the product(s) of acid and base catalyzed aldol addition and condensation reactions.
    5. Use mechanisms to illustrate acid and base catalyzed aldol addition and condensation reactions.
    6. Predict and explain the product(s) of direct and conjugate addition to ?,?-unsaturated carbonyl containing compounds.
    7. Use mechanisms to illustrate direct and conjugate addition to ?,?-unsaturated carbonyl containing compounds.

    Outcome 9: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing carboxylic acid functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for compounds containing carboxylic acid functionalities.
    2. Describe the structure, bonding and physical properties of compounds containing the carboxylic acid functional group.
    3. Discuss substituent effects on the acidity of carboxylic acids.
    4. Rationalize the formation of micelles from carboxylate salts.
    5. Explain common procedures for the preparation of carboxylic acids.
    6. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving carboxylic acids.
    7. Use mechanisms to illustrate common reactions involving carboxylic acids.

    Outcome 10: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing amine functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for compounds containing amine functionalities.
    2. Distinguish between 1º, 2º and 3º amines.
    3. Describe the structure, bonding and physical properties of compounds containing the amine functional group.
    4. Discuss substituent effects on the basicity of amines.
    5. Rationalize the usefulness of tetralkylammonium salts as phase-transfer catalysts.
    6. Explain common procedures for the preparation of amines.
    7. Use mechanisms to illustrate the preparation of amines.
    8. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving amines.
    9. Use mechanisms to illustrate common reactions involving amines.

    Outcome 11: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate a working knowledge of the properties and reactivity of compounds containing phenol functionalities.

    Objectives: During the course, students will:

    1. Provide acceptable IUPAC names and structures for compounds containing phenol functionalities.
    2. Describe the structure, bonding and physical properties of compounds containing the phenol functional group.
    3. Discuss substituent effects on the acidity of phenol and its derivative.
    4. Predict the product(s) of common reactions involving compounds containing phenol functionalities.
    5. Use mechanisms to illustrate common reactions involving phenols.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Chemistry of Aromatic Compounds

    1. Rxns of Benzene and Substituted Benzenes
    2. Substituent Effects in Aryls, Synthesis of Aryls
    3. Structure, Properties, and Rxns of Aryl Halides
    4. Nomenclature, Structure, and Physical Properties of Amines
    5. Basicity and Preparation of Amines
    6. Rxns of Amines
    7. Structure, Properties, and Preparation of Phenols
    8. Rxns of Phenols

    Organometallic Compounds

    1. Nomenclature and Preparation of Organometallic Compounds
    2. Use of Organometallic Reagents in Organic Synthesis

    Chemistry of the Functional Groups

    1. Preparation of Alcohols, Diols, and Thiols
    2. Rxns of Alcohols, Diols, and Thiols
    3. The Chemistry of Ethers, Epoxides, Sulfides
    4. Nomenclature, Structure, and Preparation of Aldehydes and Ketones
    5. Rxns of Aldehydes and Ketones
    6. Organic Synthesis Involving Aldehydes and Ketones
    7. Properties and Structure of Enols and Enolates
    8. Rxns of Enols and Enolates
    9. Structure, Properties, and Preparation of Carboxylic Acids
    10. Rxns of Carboxylic Acids
    11. Structure, Properties, and Preparation of Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
    12. Rxns of Carboxylic Acid Derivatives
    13. The Claisen Condensation
    14. Other Rxns of Esters

    Primary Faculty
    Yang, Zhiqiang
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Young, Randall
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Chinese Language & Culture

  
  • CHIN 1460 - Introduction to Chinese Language & Culture

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CHIN 1260)

    This course is designed to introduce students to the Chinese speaking world and Chinese vocabulary and grammatical structures necessary to express personal meaning on basic topics. Students will engage in these activities within contextualized cultural settings. The vocabulary and grammatical structures are integrated into interactive and communicative activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in basic oral language skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize phonetic variations of Mandarin.
    2. Practice pronouncing tones, simple and compound vowels, and the phonetic variations in the language flow.
    3. Initiate basic conversations with educated speakers of Mandarin.
    4. Recognize and use basic Chinese vocabulary.
    5. Recognize and use basic Chinese grammar.
    6. Discuss multiple meanings of the same word.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate competency in basic written language skills.

    Objectives:

    1. Write Chinese characters using basic strokes and components.
    2. Utilize learned Chinese characters to build multiple words.
    3. Recognize and use basic Chinese vocabulary.
    4. Recognize and use basic Chinese grammar.
    5. Discuss multiple meanings of the same word.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize and discuss aspects of Chinese culture.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify customs of Chinese people.
    2. Compare cultural differences.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. System of the phonetic structures
      1. Master tones
      2. Simple vowels
      3. Compound vowels
      4. Phonetic variations in the language flow
    2. Text
    3. New characters
    4. Basic knowledge of Chinese characters
      1. Basic strokes
      2. Typical structure of Chinese characters
    5. Daily spoken Chinese
      1. Frequently used words
      2. Daily conversation
    6. Chinese culture

    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CHIN 1470 - Chinese Language & Culture 2

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CHIN 1460

    (formerly CHIN 1270)

    This course continues students’ development of Chinese language and culture by building and expanding on the culture, vocabulary, and language structures learned in CHIN-1460. New language functions will be presented in activities that emphasize all four language skills: speaking, listening, reading, and writing and allow for further cultural exposure. Students are required to use computer based technology to practice these skills.

     

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections


    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use oral language skills beyond Chinese Language & Culture 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize phonetic variations of Mandarin
    2. Practice pronouncing tones, simple and compound vowels, and the phonetic variations in the language flow
    3. Initiate everyday conversations with speakers of Mandarin
    4. Express basic personal opinions

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use written language skills beyond Chinese Language & Culture 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Write Chinese characters using basic strokes and components
    2. Recognize and use intermediate Chinese vocabulary
    3. Utilize learned Chinese characters to build multiple words
    4. Use learned vocabulary to build logical sentences with correct grammar
    5. Demonstrate reading comprehension skills by discussing subject matter and/or answering questions based on the passage read

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to discuss aspects of Chinese culture beyond Chinese Language & Culture 1.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify customs of Chinese people
    2. Compare Chinese and American cultural differences

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    Week Topic

    1.        Course overview

               Review Pinyin and four tones

               Review key grammar from Lessons 1-6

               Culture Review

              

    2.        Lesson 7:  Studying Chinese

               Chinese Culture

               Dialogue 1:  Asking about an Examination

               Dialogue 2:  Preparing for a Chinese Class

               Vocabulary

               Dialogue

              

    3.        Lesson 7 Grammar

               Lesson 7 Listening

               Review Lesson 7

              

    4.        Lesson 8:  School Life

               Chinese Culture

               A Diary:  A Typical School Day

               A Letter:  Talking about Studying Chinese

               Vocabulary

               Dialogue

              

    5.        Lesson 8 Grammar

               Lesson 8 Listening

               Review Lesson 8

              

    6.        Lesson 9:  Shopping

               Chinese Culture

               Dialogue 1:  Buying Clothes

               Dialogue 2:  Exchanging Shoes

               Vocabulary

               Dialogue

              

    7.        Lesson 9 Grammar

               Lesson 9 Listening

               Review Lesson 9

              

    8.        Lesson 10:  Talking about the Weather

               Chinese Culture

               Dialogue 1:  The Weather Is Getting Better

               Dialogue 2:  Complaining about the Weather

               Vocabulary

               Dialogue

              

    9.        Lesson 10 Grammar

               Lesson 10 Listening

               Review Lesson 10

              

    10.      Review Lessons 7-9

               Review key grammar and vocabulary

               MIDTERM EXAM

              

    11.      Lesson 11:  Transportation

               Chinese Culture

               Dialogue:  Going Home for the Winter Vacation

               A Letter:  Thanking Someone for a Ride

               Vocabulary

               Dialogue

               Narrative

              

    12.      Lesson 11 Grammar

               Lesson 11 Listening

               Lesson 11 Review

              

    13.      Review key grammar and vocabulary Lessons 10-11

               Writing Week (Students write an essay about themselves)

              

    14.      Speaking Week (Students give presentations)

               Learning Reflection

              

    15.      Chinese Culture Week

               Get ready for the final exam

              

    16.      FINAL EXAM Week

               First session of the week:  WRITTEN exam

               Second session of the week:  ORAL exam


    Primary Faculty
    Williams, Susanna
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Civil Technology

  
  • CIVL 1000 - Materials

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Introductory study of the nature, origin, properties, and use of construction materials. Elementary chemical nature of materials and their interactions. Field and laboratory test studies for identification, classification, and control.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will recognize and use the master format numbering system for construction materials.

    Objectives:

    1. List the number of divisions.
    2. Recognize who developed the system.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will list major properties, advantages, disadvantages, proper use, relative cost, and availability of common construction materials.

    Objectives:

    1. List the major properties of a selected material.
    2. Describe the proper use of a selected material.
    3. Indicate the disadvantage of a selected material.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will employ basic engineering principles and how they affect the selection of construction materials.

    Objectives:

    1. List a basic engineering principle.
    2. Identify the construction material affected.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will research and speak to a specific material as it pertains to use, cost, strength and composition.

    Objectives:

    1. Illustrate the material and how it would be used.
    2. Demonstrate the strength of the material.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will submit in writing the results of the research.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare the outline for the research paper.
    2. Create a bibliography for the paper.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will use materials in a correct and effective manner in the completion of a group related project.

    Objectives:

    1. Plan a timetable for the project.
    2. Organize into a effective group.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, students will calculate various estimations of quantities and cost of selected construction materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare a cost sheet for the project.
    2. Prepare a detailed drawing of the project.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    WEEKS 1 & 2.

    Orientation, general information, general format numbering system

    WEEKS 3 & 4.

    Soils and aggregates, factors for choosing materials

    WEEKS 5 & 6.

    Construction project, wood and wood products

    WEEK 7.

    Concrete

    WEEKS 8 & 9.

    Masonry, steel

    WEEKS 10 & 11.

    Metals, gypsum, asphalt

    WEEKS 12 & 13.

    Glass, construction project

    WEEKS 14 & 15.

    Presentations

    WEEK 16.

    Research Papers


    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CIVL 1020 - OSHA Construction Safety

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CIVL 1050)

    Study of construction safety with a focus on OSHA - Occupational Safety and Health Administration standards. This is OSHA-authorized safety training for completion of the OSHA30 hour certification earned at the end of the course.  Students will learn about health and safety awareness by helping supervisors and workers reduce the risk of workplace hazards.  Course topics include governing bodies, focus four hazards, safety standards, and the responsibilities of the employees and the employers.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    When Offered: Fall semester only

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to outline different safety terms used by various governing bodies.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the purpose of various organizations, including OSHA, MIOSHA, and MDEQ.
    2. Compare safety standards of various organizations, including OSHA, MIOSHA, and MDEQ.
    3. Use appropriate key words and phrases related to safety standards.

     

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to manage workplace safety and health

    Objectives:

    1. Communicate workplace safety and health standards.
    2. Monitor workplace safety and health standards.
    3. Investigate injury, illness, and accident prevention programs.
    4. Define successful job site inspections.
    5. Complete safety communications.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to breakdown different types of safety standard procedures. 

    Objectives:

    1. Describe safety procedures.
    2. Define traffic control.
    3. Describe equipment-testing procedures.
    4. Recommend safety procedures.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to explain the responsibilities of employees and employers concerning safety

    Objectives:

    1. Define lock out, tag out procedures.
    2. Describe excavation procedures.
    3. Compare employee and employer responsibilities.
    4. Calculate insurance rates based on EMR.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to support the ethics of safety.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the right to know.
    2. Contact outside inspectors.
    3. Determine where certifications are obtained.
    4. Contact appropriate people in case of an emergency.
    5. Explain the consequences for disregarding procedures.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a company safety management program based on standard safety areas.  

    Objectives:

    1. Define electrical safety.
    2. Define stairways and ladder safety.
    3. Define excavations with different trenches and shoring.
    4. Define fall protection.
    5. Define personal protection equipment safety.
    6. Define confined space entry.
    7. Define chemical awareness safety.
    8. Define HazCom: Identifying the dangers.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Orientation, General Information, Governing Bodies
    2. Introduction to OSHA
    3. Managing Safety and Health
    4. OSHA Focus Four Hazards
    5. Personal Protective and Lifesaving Equipment
    6. Health Hazards in Construction
    7. Safety Standard Procedures
    8. Ethics of Safety
    9. Responsibilities of Employees and Employers
    10. Standard Safety Areas, Electrical
    11. Excavations, Ergonomics, Cranes, Fire, Ladder
    12. Trenching and Shoring, Scaffold, and Fall Protection
    13. Final Project, Presentation of Project

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CIVL 2200 - Soils & Foundations

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Elementary study of exploring, sampling, testing, and evaluating subsurface materials, and their affect on types of foundations and construction.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will describe how to conduct a soil exploration.

    Objectives:

    1. Define the purposes of subsurface exploration.
    2. Explain the different methods of subsurface exploration.
    3. Compare and contrast the different methods of subsurface exploration.
    4. Describe the contents of a soils engineered report.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will describe the various soil constituents and how they are developed from parent rock.

    Objectives:

    1. Define soil material constituents.
    2. Identify the origin of soil material constituents.
    3. Explain the differences in behavior among various fine grained soils.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will test physical characteristics of soil.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the soil classification system.
    2. Identify names of symbols for types of soil.
    3. Utilize the Unified and AASHTO soil classification system.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will chart soil characteristics.

    Objectives:

    1. Create a particle size distribution curve from coarse grained soils.
    2. Identify plasticity characteristics for fine grained soils and their relationship to natural water content.
    3. Chart phase relationships (air, water, and solid) for the soil mass.
    4. Chart vertical earth pressure calculations.
    5. Explain soil erosion.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will create a soils engineering analysis design.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the effective stress principle.
    2. Calculate static stress.
    3. Explain capillarity.
    4. Describe relative permeability of soils.
    5. Determine permeability values.
    6. Define compressibility in soils.
    7. Explain the mechanisms to consolidate soils.
    8. Explain the factors controlling soil strength.
    9. Describe strengths of troublesome soils
    10. Describe how to strengths are inferred from index properties.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, the student will conduct a soil compaction test.

    Objectives:

    1. Define soil compaction.
    2. Describe soil stabilization.
    3. Illustrate a moisture density relationship for coarse and fine soils.
    4. Identify the factors affecting compaction.

    Outcome 7: Upon completion of this course, the student will describe the types of building foundations.

    Objectives:

    1. Define shallow foundations.
    2. Define deep foundations.
    3. Explain how to create settlement estimates.
    4. Compute bearing capacity calculations.
    5. Describe the usual provisions for shallow foundation specifications.

    Outcome 8: Upon completion of this course, the student will create an excavation plan.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the specification requirements in a contract.
    2. Create a stability analysis for unsupported slopes.
    3. Describe the methods of support for shallow cuts.
    4. Describe the methods of support for deep cuts.
    5. Analyze lateral earth pressure.
    6. Explain ground movements adjacent to braced cuts.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week: Topic:

    1. Introduction /Course Overview
    2. Soil explorations
    3. Soil constituents during construction, soil lab
    4. Soil Classification
    5. Soil constituents and mass, Project discussion
    6. Index properties of soil constituents and mass, Project discussion
    7. Review for mid-term, project discussion
    8. Mid-Term
    9. Vertical earth pressure calculations.
    10. Soil Erosion
    11. Soil engineering analysis, project synopsis due.
    12. Soil compaction
    13. Foundations, project presentation
    14. Excavation
    15. Presentations
    16. FINAL Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CIVL 2220 - Materials Testing

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CIVL 1000 

    This course will emphasize field and laboratory test studies for identification, classification, and control of materials. Structure, composition, and engineering properties of aggregates, cement, steel, concrete, and asphalt. The student will create mix designs, practice quality control, create reports, and perform nondestructive testing.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to classify aggregates to industry standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Define aggregates.
    2. Define different classifications of aggregates.
    3. Analyze gradation sizes.
    4. Specify aggregate gravity and specific weight.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to write and submit a report account to industry standards.

    Objectives:

    1. Write aggregate evaluation report.
    2. Write properties of cement paste and mortar report.
    3. Write properties of fresh and harden concrete report.
    4. Write rapid chloride (RCT) and void analysis report.
    5. Write corrosion mapping report.
    6. Write eddy current, rebar location report.
    7. Write tensile strength of steel report.
    8. Write a geosynthetic material testing report.
    9. Write a report on a concrete plant visit.
    10. Write a report on asphalt testing laboratory visit.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to accurately measure and mix construction materials.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure construction materials.
    2. Mix construction.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to understand industry-testing procedures, requirements and interpret results.

    Objectives:

    1. Understand industry-testing procedures (ASTM).
    2. Write a report on ultrasonic pulse velocity testing.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to write field reports on a testing laboratory about the actual test results obtained from field trips.

    Objectives:

    1. Interpret testing results.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Orientation, General Information, Aggregate evaluation
    2. Gradation Analysis
    3. Specific Gravity and Unit Weight Report Due, Test 1
    4. Setting Time of Cement Paste and Mortar Cubes, Report Due
    5. Fresh Concrete Properties (Slump and Air Content), 6 x 12” Concrete Cylinder Samples and 7 Day Compressive Strength of Mortar Cubes, Report Due
    6. Hardened Concrete and 14-Day Compressive Strength of Mortar Cubes
    7. Harden Concrete Corrosion Mapping, Report Due
    8. Mortar Cubes, Rapid Chloride Test, Midterm
    9. Harden Concrete, Eddy Current Rebar Location, Report Due
    10. Concrete Plant Visit, Guest Speaker
    11. Introduction to Nondestructive Testing, Report Due
    12. Void Analysis, Test 3
    13. Asphalt Testing Laboratory Visit, Report Due
    14. Geosynthetic Material Testing
    15. Final Reports Due
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Climate Control Technology

  
  • CLCT 1200 - Fundamentals of Air Conditioning & Refrigeration

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Theory, application and principles of air conditioning and refrigeration; study of basic cycle, systems, system components, accessories and refrigerants.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will identify the refrigeration/air conditioning cycle.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw a complete refrigeration/AC cycle.
    2. Label all components of a cycle.
    3. Describe how a cycle operates.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will assemble copper piping.

    Objectives:

    1. Cut tubing to proper length.
    2. Flare tubing to proper length.
    3. Swage tubing to proper length.
    4. Assemble a given project per blueprint.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will use oxygen and acetylene.

    Objectives:

    1. Braze a tubing project according to blueprint.
    2. Soft solder a tubing project according to blueprint.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will use test equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Install gauges on a refrigeration unit.
    2. Capacitor Analyzer - Check for accuracy of microfarads.
    3. Vacuum pump down to 29.8” H.G on a unit.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will use hand tools.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply wrenches safely on refrigerant service valves.
    2. Apply hammers safely on a swaging project.
    3. Apply tubing cutters safely on a refrigerant piping project.
    4. Apply files safely on a refrigerant piping project.
    5. Apply flaring tools safely on a refrigerant piping project.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will use terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply the term ‘latent heat’ to a refrigeration diagram.
    2. Apply the term ‘sensible heat’ to a refrigeration diagram.
    3. Apply the term ‘ton of refrigeration’ to a refrigeration diagram.
    4. Define ‘refrigeration’
    5. Define ‘air conditioning’
    6. Apply the term ‘pressure’ to a refrigeration diagram.
    7. Apply the term ‘volume’ to a refrigeration diagram

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Fundamentals of Refrigeration
      1. History and fundamentals
      2. Temperature, pressure, and measurements
      3. Refrigeration systems and terms
    2. Refrigeration Tools and Materials
      1. Tubing and fittings
      2. Refrigeration tools
      3. Instruments and gauges
      4. Supplies
    3. Basic Refrigeration Systems
    4. Compression Systems and Compressors
      1. Compression Systems
      2. Compressors
    5. Refrigerant Controls
    6. Refrigerants
    7. Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Reclaiming
    8. Central Air Conditioning and Heat Pumps
    9. Passing Technician Certification Exams

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1300 - Refrigeration 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1200  and CLCT 1700 ; or related work experience

    Application, installation and servicing of domestic refrigeration systems, including operation and trouble analysis of hermetic units, compressors and electrical components.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service a refrigerator.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to charge Refrigerant-134A into a domestic refrigerator.
    2. Demonstrate refrigerant recovery from a domestic refrigerator according to EPA rules.
    3. Calculate the capacity of a refrigerant recovery cylinder.
    4. Demonstrate how to evacuate a domestic refrigerator.
    5. Analyze the electrical control circuitry of a domestic refrigerator.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to install proper components on a refrigerator.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the steps for compressor replacement on a domestic refrigerator.
    2. Show how to replace a condenser fan motor on a refrigerator.
    3. Install a starting relay on a refrigerator.
    4. Show how to replace a door switch on a refrigerator.
    5. Show how to replace an evaporator defrost heater on a refrigerator.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to install proper components on small commercial refrigeration units.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the steps for compressor replacement on a small commercial refrigeration unit.
    2. Install a condenser fan motor on a small commercial refrigeration unit.
    3. Install a starting relay on a small commercial refrigeration unit.
    4. Show how to replace a door switch on a small commercial refrigeration unit.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose problems with electrical and mechanical failures on a refrigerator.
    2. Diagnose problems with electrical and mechanical failures on small commercial refrigeration units.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use proper refrigerant for application.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the proper refrigerant for refrigerators.
    2. Identify the proper refrigerant for commercial refrigeration units.
    3. Identify a refrigerant’s effect on ozone depletion.
    4. Identify a refrigerant’s effect on global warming.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Refrigerants
    2. Servicing capillary tube systems
    3. Piping
    4. Domestic refrigerators and freezers
    5. Domestic refrigerators and freezers
    6. Dehydration
    7. Charging and recovery
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Installation and service of small hermetic systems
    10. Installation and service of small hermetic systems
    11. Installation procedures
    12. Sealed unit service
    13. Sealed unit service
    14. Multiple systems
    15. Trouble analysis
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1400 - Air Conditioning 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1200  and CLCT 1700 ; or related work experience

    Residential air conditioning systems: application, selection, installation, piping and service, including basic psychrometrics.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service and install a window air conditioner.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply the proper charging valves for service.
    2. Apply proper vacuum inches of mercury according to manufacturers’ requirements.
    3. Apply proper recovery procedures according to EPA regulations.
    4. Identify the proper refrigerant and charge the correct amount according to manufacturers’ requirements.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to service and install a split air conditioning system (heat pump).

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the installation tecniques and procedures for a split air conditioning system.
    2. Properly recover refrigerant according to EPA regulations.
    3. Identify proper vacuum conditions according to manufacturers’ requirements.
    4. Identify proper refrigerant and charge according to manufacturers’ requirements.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot a window air conditioning unit.

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose failures in electrical systems and repair.
    2. Diagnose failures in mechanical systems and repair.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot a split air conditioning unit (heat pump).

    Objectives:

    1. Diagnose failures in electrical systems and repair.
    2. Diagnose failures in mechanical systems and repair.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply psychrometric conditions to a cubic foot of air.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply wet and dry bulb readings to the psychrometric chart to determine the relative humidity.
    2. Determine the dew point from the psychrometric chart.
    3. Determine the saturation conditions on the psychrometric chart and apply to the refrigeration process.
    4. Determine the grains of moisture conditions on the psychrometric chart.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Subject

    1. Fundamentals of Air Conditioning
    2. Basic Heating and Air Conditioning Systems
    3. Cooling and Dehumidifying Systems
    4. Air Distribution, Measurement, and Cleaning
    5. Heat Pumps and Complete Air Conditioning Systems
    6. Air Conditioning and Heating Control Systems
    7. Servicing and Troubleshooting Simplified Passing EPA Exams
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Air Properties and Measurement
    10. Air Properties and Measurement
    11. Air Properties and Measurement
    12. Be Compressor Wise, Clean up After Burnout
    13. Oil Refrigerant Migration, Inside the Heat Pump
    14. Handout
    15. Review
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1500 - Heating 1

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1700  or related work experience

    Fundamentals of warm air heating: including the function control, service and testing of major components for gas, oil and electric residential and light commercial systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use heating terminology.

    Objectives:

    1. Define combustion as it applies to a gas-fired furnace.
    2. Define spark, hot-surface, standing pilot, and pulse ignition systems used in gas-fired furnaces.
    3. Define venting systems and regulations to gas and oil furnaces.
    4. Apply humidification terminology to gas, oil, and electric furnace.
    5. Describe the controls and explain how they operate on gas, oil, and electric furnaces.
    6. Describe and explain various condensate-piping arrangements for gas-fired furnaces.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to perform maintenance and service on various furnaces.

    Objectives:

    1. Follow the manufacturers’ maintenance and service procedures for gas-fired furnaces.
    2. Follow the manufacturers’ maintenance and service procedures for oil-fired furnaces.
    3. Follow the manufacturers’ maintenance and service procedures for electric furnaces.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe the installation of various furnaces.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the proper installation procedures according to manufacturers’ literature for gas-fired furnaces.
    2. Describe the proper installation procedures according to manufacturers’ literature for oil-fired furnaces.
    3. Describe the proper installation procedures according to manufacturers’ literature for electric furnaces.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot various furnaces. OBJECTIVES:

    1. Follow proper troubleshooting techniques for gas-fired furnaces according to manufacturers’ literature.
    2. Follow proper troubleshooting techniques for oil-fired furnaces according to manufacturers’ literature.
    3. Follow proper troubleshooting techniques for electric furnaces according to manufacturers’ Literature.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Combustion
    2. Furnace Construction
    3. Furnace Controls and Components
    4. Ignition Systems
    5. Sequences of Operation
    6. Basic Service Procedures
    7. Review
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Electric/Electronic, Troubleshooting and Repair
    10. Venting
    11. Basic Heating and A/C Systems
    12. Heating and Humidification Systems
    13. Heating and Humidification Systems
    14. Servicing and Troubleshooting
    15. Review
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1600 - Duct Layout & Fabrication

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Sheet metal layout fundamentals and fabrication techniques as applied to cooling, heating and ventilation duct work.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to safely use sheet metal tools for various fabrications.

    Objectives:

    1. Use tin snips correctly to perform cuts to sheet metal without making fishhooks.
    2. Use drafting tools on various drawings according to manufacturers’ literature.
    3. Use an 8 foot brake, 6 foot brake, and pan brake on various projects according to manufacturers’ literature.
    4. Use a 4 foot shear to measure and cut whole sheets of sheet metal according to manufacturers’ literature.
    5. Use an electric Pittsburg machine to form a lock on various fabrications according to manufacturers’ literature.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to draw and fabricate various fittings according to a blueprint.

    Objectives:

    1. Draw and fabricate a rectangular pipe according to a blueprint.
    2. Draw and fabricate a change joint according to a blueprint.
    3. Draw and fabricate an elbow according to a blueprint.
    4. Draw and fabricate a round taper according to a blueprint.
    5. Draw and fabricate a transition according to a blueprint.
    6. Draw and fabricate a Hess fitting according to a blueprint.
    7. Draw and fabricate Y fittings according to a blueprint.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Lecture

    1. Introduction; General Trade Information; Pattern Development
    2. Methods, Edges, Seams; Rectangular Pipe
    3. Change Joint; Change Joint Ctr. F1
    4. 90 Square Elbow; 90 Offset
    5. 90 Curved Elbow; 45 Curved Elbow
    6. 90 Y-Branch; Angle 2 way Y
    7. 90 1 Way Y; 90 Clinch tee
    8. Straight offset; Transition change joint
    9. Transition change joint; Double offset
    10. 90 Lefthand Hess; 90 Center Hess
    11. 90 Straight Trans E11; Curved offset
    12. Transition offset; 90 Curved Trans E11
    13. 90 One Way Trans Y; 90 Round tee
    14. 45 Round tee; Round 4 piece elbow
    15. Square to Round; Round to Round taper
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1650 - Systems Design of Heating & Air Conditioning

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Covers architectural house plan, through the heat load computation, heating and cooling equipment selection, energy code requirements, and duct sizing for a complete residential forced-air system.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will use tables and charts from the American Society for Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE) to calculate the R-factor.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate window R-factors for various constructed windows for a house.
    2. Calculate door R-factors for various constructed doors for a house.
    3. Calculate various ceiling R-factors for a house.
    4. Calculate R-factors for various constructed walls of a house.
    5. Calculate R-factors for various constructed basements for a house.
    6. Calculate R-factors for various constructed cement slabs for a house.
    7. Calculate R-factors for various constructed crawl spaces for a house.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will size heating and air conditioning equipment by calculating according to ASHRAE specifications.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate the heat loss for a single family detached home.
    2. Calculate the heat gain for a single family detached home.
    3. Select an appropiately sized forced air furnace for a single family detached home.
    4. Select appropriately sized cooling equipment for a single family detached home.
    5. Determine location and proper size for grills and registers.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will complete a duct design that will be engineered, drawn to scale with proper CFM and FPM according to ACCA Manual D specifications.

    Objectives:

    1. Determine the total airflow required for a forced air comfort system serving a single family detached home.
    2. Determine the airflow requirements for each room of a single family detached home.
    3. Use manufacturer’s literature and specifications to determine the available static pressure for a duct system design.
    4. Use duct sizing charts and design forms to calculate duct sizes

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Lecture Lab

    1. Introduction, Need for Proper Design, Construction Details
    2. Calculation of Areas Read blueprints, Calculate areas
    3. Construction Numbers, Heat Transfer Multipliers (HTM) Find construction numbers and HTM’s
    4. Heat Loss Calculation Calculate a 1-room house
    5. Heat Loss Calculation Calculate the class house
    6. Heat Load Calculation Calculate the class house
    7. Systems and Equipment, Diffusers and Grilles Calculate the class house
    8. Duct System Design Principles, Line Drawings Select equipment and registers
    9. Design Requirements, Equivalent Feet Find D-1 information, Calculate equivalent feet
    10. Extended Plenum Design Calculate branch duct
    11. Extended Plenum Design Calculate trunk duct
    12. Extended Plenum Design Line Dr/Equivalent feet for class house
    13. Calculation of R-Factors Branch/Trunk for class house
    14. Michigan Energy Code Duct layouts on house plans
    15. Energy consumption MEC Worksheets
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1700 - Fundamentals of Controls

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Elementary control systems for air conditioning, heating and refrigeration. Theory and construction of schematic and pictorial wiring diagrams. Study of electrical system components.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will describe common electrical terms, symbols and Ohm’s Law.

    Objectives:

    1. The voltage of electrical circuits will be calculated using Ohm’s Law.
    2. The amps of electrical circuits will be calculated using Ohm’s Law.
    3. The ohms of electrical circuits will be calculated using Ohm’s Law.
    4. Magnetism will be defined and explained using electrical circuits.
    5. Watts will be calculated and used in Ohm’s Law.
    6. Direct current will be defined and discussed.
    7. Alternating current will be defined and discussed.
    8. Electricity will be defined and discussed.
    9. Electronic components will be analyzed using Ohm’s Law.
    10. Parallel circuits will be drawn using industry standard symbols.
    11. Series circuits will be drawn using industry standard symbols.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will use formulas to solve problems with electrical circuits.

    Objectives:

    1. Using Ohm’s Law, various electrical problems will be solved on series circuits.
    2. Using Ohm’s Law, various electrical problems will be solved on parallel circuits.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will identify, explain operation, and troubleshoot problems of various motors in the HVACR field.

    Objectives:

    1. A shaded pole motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    2. A split phase motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    3. A capacitor start motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    4. A capacitor start, capacitor run motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    5. A capacitor run motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    6. A three phase motor will be described, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.
    7. An ECM motor will be descirbed, operation explained, and troubleshooting problems identified.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will use a  volt-ohm meter and ammeter to identify electrical characteristics on various heating, cooling, and refrigeration equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. A volt meter will be used to check voltage on circuits.
    2. An Ohm meter will be used to check ohms and continuity on circuits.
    3. An ammeter will be used to check current in various circuits.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will use wiring diagrams to explain the sequence of operation on basic equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. The sequence of operation will be explored using residential schematic wiring diagrams.
    2. The sequence of operation will be explored using commercial schematic wiring diagrams.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will apply troubleshooting techniques to basic HVACR units.

    Objectives:

    1. Using residential units.
    2. Using commercial units.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Electricity Safety
    2. Basic Electricity
    3. Electric Circuits
    4. Electric Meters
    5. Components for Electric Motors
    6. Reading Schematic Diagrams
    7. Contactors, Relays, and Overloads
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Components, Symbols, and Circuitry of A/C Wiring Diagrams
    10. Alternating Current, Power Distribution and Voltage Systems
    11. Alternating Current, Power Distribution and Voltage Systems
    12. Installation of Heating, Cooling, and Refrigeration Systems
    13. Installation of Heating, Cooling, and Refrigeration Systems
    14. Basic Electric Motors
    15. Basic Electric Motors
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 1750 - Intermediate Controls

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1700  or related work experience

    Intermediate control systems for air conditioning, heating and refrigeration. Theory and construction of schematic and pictorial wiring diagrams related to the systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will draw and read basic wire diagrams to various systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Various commercial systems will be drawn and explained according to the manufacturer’s literature.
    2. Various industrial systems will be drawn and explained according to the manufacturer’s literature.
    3. Various institutional systems will be drawn and explained according to the manufacturer’s literature.
    4. Various residential systems will be drawn and explained according to the manufacturer’s literature.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will wire various control systems for HVAC equipment for commercial, industrial, institutional, and residential systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Wire a pump down system on HVACR equipment.
    2. Wire a low voltage control system on HVACR equipment.
    3. Wire a line voltage control system on HVACR equipment.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will troubleshoot basic systems for commercial, industrial, and institutional, and residential systems.

    Objectives:

    1. Use troubleshooting method for commercial systems.
    2. Use troubleshooting method for industrial systems.
    3. Use troubleshooting method for institutional systems.
    4. Use troubleshooting method for residential systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Chapter Topics

    1. Reading Schematic Diagrams
    2. Thermostats, Pressure Switches, Electric Control Devices
    3. Heating Control Devices
    4. Trouble Shooting Electric Control Devices
    5. Air Conditioning Control Systems
    6. Control systems: Circuitry
    7. Trouble Shooting Modern Refrigeration Heating and Air Conditioning Control Circuitry and Systems
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Solio-State Controls and Systems
    10. Honeywell Commercial Controls
    11. Honeywell Commercial Controls
    12. Honeywell Commercial Controls
    13. Honeywell Commercial Controls
    14. Honeywell Commercial Controls
    15. Review
    16. FINAL-EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2300 - Refrigeration 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1300 , CLCT 1650 , and CLCT 1750 ; or related work experience

    Commercial refrigeration systems: application, calculation of heat loads, installation, piping and service. Includes operating and testing of low and medium temperature and multiple systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will install basic components of basic commercial, industrial, and institutional refrigeration units to manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Install components of commercial refrigeration units.
    2. Install components of industrial refrigeration units.
    3. Install components of institutional refrigeration units.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot and repair HVACR units according to manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Troubleshoot commercial referation systems.
    2. Troubleshoot industrial refrigeration systems.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will perform heat load calculations using various products so as to size refrigeration units properly according to the American Society of Heating, Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers. (ASHRAE)

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate a heat load for walk-in cooler.
    2. Select referigeration equipment based on a heat load computation for a walk-in cooler.
    3. Size refrigerant piping for a commercial refrigeration systerm.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Refrigeration Process
      1. What is the refrigeration process?
      2. Latent heat
      3. Specific Heat
      4. Superheat and Subcooling
      5. Refrigerant Cycle
    2. Tools and Supplies
      1. Piping
      2. Fittings
      3. Gauges
      4. Refrigeration Oils
      5. Charging Cylinders
      6. Solvents
    3. Compressors
      1. Types
      2. Condensing Units
      3. Compressor Unloaders
      4. Rotary
      5. Helical
      6. Ammonia
      7. Centrifugal
    4. Evaporators
      1. Defrosting
      2. Heat Exchanging
      3. Selecting
      4. Performance
      5. Liquid Chilling
      6. Secondary Refrigerants
    5. Condensers and Water Economizers
      1. Air Cooled
      2. Water Cooled
      3. Evaporative Condensers
      4. Maintenance
    6. Metering Devices
      1. Types
      2. Ammonia Types
    7. Refrigerant Piping
      1. Piping Functions
      2. Accessories
      3. System Practices For Ammonia
      4. Defrost Systems
      5. Super Market
      6. Autoflow
      7. Secondary
    8. Electrical Components
      1. Load Devices
      2. Oil Lubrication Controls
      3. Switches
    9. Refrigeration Equipment
      1. Classifications
    10. Wire Diagrams and Control Circuits
      1. Commercial Units
    11. Installation and Operation
      1. Commercial Units
    12. Service
      1. Commercial Units
    13. Troubleshooting
      1. Commercial Units
    14. Applications
      1. Food
      2. Trans port
      3. Low Temp
      4. Medium Temp
      5. High Temp
    15. Calculating Refrigeration Loads
      1. Commercial
    16. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2350 - Mechanical Codes

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1200  and CLCT 1500 ; or industry field experience

    Local and national codes governing the safe design, construction, installation, altering, servicing, testing and licensing as applied to mechanical heating, ventilating, air conditioning and refrigeration.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will identify terminology for local and national code pertaining to the safety and well being of the occupant person of a building for residential, commercial, manufacturing, and institutional occupancy.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the installation, safe design, construction, altering, servicing, testing, and licensing according to state and local codes.
    2. Describe the safety of construction, altering, servicing, testing, and licensing.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Subject

    1. Introduction, Administration
    2. Definitions
    3. General Regulations
    4. Ventilation
    5. Exhaust Systems
    6. Duct Systems
    7. Combustion Air
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Chimneys
    10. Specific Appliances, Fire Places, and Solid Fuel Burners
    11. Boilers, Water Heaters and Pressure Vessels
    12. Refrigeration
    13. Hydronic Piping
    14. Fuel oil Piping and Storage
    15. Solar
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2400 - Air Conditioning 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1400 , CLCT 1650 , and CLCT 1750 ; or related work experience

    Commercial systems: application, installation, piping and service. Includes heat pumps, absorption and centrifugal equipment, testing and balancing of systems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome I: Upon completion of this course, students will install basic commercial, industrial, and institutional air conditioning systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Scrutinize installation of commercial air conditioning systems.
    2. Scrutinize installation of industrial air conditioning systems.
    3. Scrutinize installation of institutional air conditioning systems.

    Outcome II: Upon completion of this course, students will troubleshoot and repair basic commercial, industrial, and institutional air conditioning systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Troubleshoot commercial systems.
    2. Troubleshoot industrial systems.
    3. Troubleshoot institutional systems.

    Outcome III: Upon completion of this course, students will balance the air system for commercial, industrial, and institutional air conditioning systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Balance air system for commercial systems.
    2. Balance air system for industrial systems.
    3. Balance air system for institutional systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Subject

    1. Introduction, The Service Tech: Who is he? What is his job?
    2. Air Conditioning Systems
    3. Heat Pump Systems
    4. Fans
    5. Air Flow/Air Measurement
    6. Head & Suction Pressures. Superheat and Subcooling Lubrication.
    7. Compressors/Compressor Failures and Replacement Compressor Temperature
    8. MID-TERM
    9. Critical Charging and A/C Refrigeration Analysis
    10. A/C Refrigeration Analysis
    11. Psychrometrics
    12. VAV Systems
    13. Zone Systems
    14. Centrifugal Equipment and Cooling Towers
    15. Absorption Systems Principles, Application, Trane Absorption Refr.
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2500 - Heating 2

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1500 , CLCT 1650 , and CLCT 1750 ; or related work experience

    Trouble analysis and service of residential and commercial warm air heating systems: including humidifiers, electronic air cleaners, installation of oil tanks, piping for oil and gas units, and combustion testing.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will install commercial, industrial, and institutional heating systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Scrutinize the installation of commercial heating systems.
    2. Scrutinize the installation of industrial heating systems.
    3. Scrutinize the installation of institutional heat systems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will troubleshoot and repair commercial, industrial, and institutional heating systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Troubleshoot and repair commercial heat systems.
    2. Troubleshoot and repair industrial heat systems.
    3. Troubleshoot and repair institutional heat systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    COURSE GOALS:

    The student will:

    1. Draw or recognize the symbols of electrical components used in commercial, industrial, and institutional heating systems.
    2. Describe the operation and function of various electrical components used in commercial, industrial, and institutional heating systems.
    3. Identify and describe various types of commercial, industrial, and institutional heating systems.
    4. Determine the operating characteristics of various commercial, industrial and institutional heating systems.
    5. Select the type of commercial, industrial, and institutional heating system that best fits the application.
    6. Troubleshoot and service existing heating systems in lab.
    7. Describe various heating sequence operations for commercial, industrial, and institutional systems.

    COURSE TIMELINE

    Goal 1. Week 1,2

    Goal 2. Week 3,4

    Goal 3. Week 5,6

    Goal 4. Week 7,8

    MID TERM Week 9

    Goal 5. Week 10,1 1

    Goal 6. Week 12,13

    Goal 7. Week 14,15

    FINAL EXAM Week 1 6


    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2550 - Steam & Hot Water Heating Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1500 , CLCT 1650 , and CLCT 1750 ; or related work experience

    CLCT 2550 covers the application of hot water and steam units for residential and light commercial systems: boilers, piping, circulators, heat transfer elements and controls. Topics include installation and service of both mechanical and electrical components.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply boiler terminology to components of boilers.

    Objectives:

    1. Apply boiler terminology to components of residential unit boilers.
    2. Apply boiler terminology to components of commercial unit boilers.
    3. Apply boiler terminology to components of geothermal unit boilers.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to install steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure.

    Objectives:

    1. Scrutinize the installation of steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for gas boilers.
    2. Scrutinize the installation of steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for oil boilers.
    3. Scrutinize steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for electric boilers.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to troubleshoot and repair steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure.

    Objectives:

    1. Troubleshoot and repair steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for gas boilers.
    2. Troubleshoot and repair steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for oil boilers.
    3. Troubleshoot and repair steam and hot water boilers up to 15 lbs. pressure for electric boilers.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Introduction
    2. Sizing the Heating System
    3. Sizing the Heating System
    4. Selecting the Peripheral Components
    5. Selecting the Peripheral Components
    6. Protecting Hot Water Systems
    7. Zoning Systems
    8. Steam Heating Systems
    9. MID-TERM
    10. Solid-Fuel and Multi-Fuel Boilers
    11. Wirsbo and Unico Systems
    12. Geothermal Introduction an d Basics
    13. Geothermal Installation
    14. Radiant Flow, Heating, and Pex Tubing
    15. Review and Boiler License Information
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2700 - Advanced Controls

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 1300 , CLCT 1400 , CLCT 1750 , and CLCT 2550 ;

    OR

    CLCT 1650 , CLCT 1750 , and BPEM 1300 ;

    OR

    Related work experience

    Advanced control systems for regulating the air conditioning, heating and ventilation in commercial and industrial buildings. Pneumatic and electronic controls are used; emphasis on service and maintenance.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    When Offered: Winter semester only

    Search for Sections


    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will install and troubleshoot various pneumatic control systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Install pneumatic control systems.
    2. Troubleshoot pneumatic control systems.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will install and troubleshoot various direct digital control (DDC) systems according to the manufacturers’ literature.

    Objectives:

    1. Install direct digital control (DDC) systems.
    2. Troubleshoot direct digital control (DDC) systems.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Week Topic

    1. Types of Control Systems
    2. Basic Pneumatic Control Systems
    3. Pneumatic Controllers
    4. Pneumatic Controllers
    5. Pneumatic Relays
    6. Pneumatic Relays
    7. Control Valves
    8. MID SEMESTER EXAM
    9. Control Valves
    10. Control Applications
    11. Control Applications
    12. Control Applications
    13. Solid State Controls
    14. Solid State Controls
    15. Single Zone Logic Panel
    16. FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CLCT 2750 - Introduction to Building Automation Systems

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: CLCT 2700  

    This course explores the application and programming of specific automation systems functions such as HVAC controls, lighting, and smoke control.  Exercises consist of computer access to special system modules.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES

    Outcome 1: Upon the completion of this course, the student will be able to develop the sequence of operation of a typical building automation system.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a description of an HVAC system sequence of operation, the student will describe the necessary actions by the automation components to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a description of a building electrical system and its timing, the student will describe the necessary actions by the automation components to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 2:  Upon the completion of this course, the student will apply DDC (direct digital control) software to the operation of air handling equipment.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a computer program, the student will apply the appropriate heating program to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. Given a computer program, the student will apply the appropriate cooling program to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given a computer program, the student will apply the appropriate economizer program for heating or cooling to an accuracy of 100%.
    4. Given a computer program, the student will control internal air quality using demand control ventilation to an accuracy of 100%.

    Outcome 3:  Upon completion of this course, the student will identify other systems used in building automation.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a computer program, the student will describe indoor and outdoor lighting strategies to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a computer program, the student will describe smoke control system strategies to an accuracy of 70%.​

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    ​​​​1.  Working with Blueprints and Specifications:  Identify and Verify Components on Prints

    2.  Working with Blueprints and Specifications:  Develop a List of Primary Equipment

    3.  Working with Blueprints and Specifications:  Develop a List of Secondary Equipment

    4.  Working with Blueprints and Specifications:  Analyze the VAV Box Schedule for Zones Served

    5.  Working with Blueprints and Specifications:  Analyze the CA (Commissioning Authority) Sequence of Operation

    6. Develop a Program Sequence:  Preparing a Program Sequence for Input to Controllers

    7. Develop a Program Sequence:  Create a Program Sequence for Input to Controllers

    8. Indoor and Outdoor Lighting Schedules

    9. Smoke Removal and Control


    Primary Faculty
    Marlow, Douglas
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


College Success Skills

  
  • CSSK 1200 - College Success Skills

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CSSK 1100)

    CSSK 1200 covers essential college skills such as time management, test taking, note taking, thinking and reasoning, managing stress, and work-life balance. In addition, effective ways of accessing information from various campus resources such as the library, learning center, and academic advising as well as identifying personality strengths, weaknesses, and interests to explore possible career paths will be taught.

    Billable Contact Hours: 3

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    INTRODUCTION TO COLLEGE RESOURCES

    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply Macomb’s academic policies and procedures and utilize the appropriate resources to make timely and effective educational decisions.

    Objectives:

    1. Locate the following resources: The Learning Center/Library, Financial Aid, Career Services, Counseling & Academic Advising, Enrollment, Special Services, The Bookstore, and Student Life & Leadership.
    2. Summarize the function and role of each college resource and its relationship to student success.
    3. Locate and describe the resources related to Macomb policies and procedures (Handbook, Catalog, website, etc.)
    4. Establish a system of support by utilizing the appropriate organizations and resources to receive guidance and acquire information.

    TRANSITIONING TO COLLEGE

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to recognize the differences between high school and college and their impact on learning.

    Objectives:                   

    1. Inventory academic strengths and areas of improvement.
    2. Set and monitor personal and academic goals.
    3. Create a viable personal time management and organizational system.
    4. Examine the culture of college and impact of student responsibility on success.
    5. Apply learning strategies and study skills to enhance learning.

    CAREER EXPLORATION

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to investigate how ability, personality, and interest impact career choice.

    Objectives:

    1. Recognize the relationship between goals and career development.
    2. Explore career options and educational requirements.
    3. Identify on-ground and online resources for career exploration.
    4. Develop a career profile using short and long term goals.

    MANAGEMENT OF ACADEMIC AND LIFE SKILLS

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to develop a system and set of strategies for maintaining work/life balance through self awareness.

    Objectives:

    1. Measure components of wellness and emotion.
    2. Analyze the impact of time and stress on success.
    3. Recognize the existence of trade-offs in the decision making process.
    4. Develop strategies that lead toward greater self awareness.
    5. Model communication standards in academic and workplace environments.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to College Resources
      1. Academic policies
      2. Campus tours
      3. Financial aid
      4. Career planning and job placement
      5. Tutoring
      6. Academic advisement and registration
      7. Student activities
    2. Transition to College
      1. Learning styles, strategies, and stages of learning
      2. Study Skills
        1. Time Management
        2. Memory
        3. Academic Literacy
        4. Note-taking
        5. Test taking
      3. Transference of skills to real world
    3. Career Development
      1. Goal setting
      2. Evaluate abilities, aptitudes, personality, interests
      3. Specific careers and college majors
      4. Personal/educational career planning
    4. Life Management
      1. Time management
      2. Stress management
      3. Decision making
      4. Relationship skills
        1. Emotional Intelligence
        2. Communication

    Primary Faculty
    Mayernik, Heather
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Ternullo, Annette
    Dean
    Pritchett, Marie



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Construction

  
  • CNST 1100 - Builder’s Pre-License 1-Residential Construction

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATBC 1100)

    A course designed to provide a means for the student to interpret prints of existing residences, and to relate construction problems with general mathematics; further, this course will expand to cover some specific items imposed by inspection authorities. Contains material that will help the student prepare to take the Michigan Residential Builders License Examination.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to construct and solve math problems related to information needed for construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a picture of a standard rule, the student will read 3 marked dimensions, to an accuracy of 67%.
    2. Given 3 sets of fractional dimensions, the student will add these dimensions, to an accuracy of 67%.
    3. Given 3 sets of fractional dimensions, the student will subtract these dimensions, to an accuracy of 67%.
    4. Given 3 fractional dimensions in inches, the student will convert these dimensions to feet and inches, to an accuracy of 67%.
    5. Given 3 fractional dimensions in feet and inches, the student will convert these dimensions to inches, to an accuracy of 67%.
    6. Given the run and the rise, the student will calculate the length of the rafter using the Pythagorean Theorem, to an accuracy of 100%.
    7. Given the diameter and height, the student will calculate the volume of a cylinder, to an accuracy of 100%.
    8. Given the dimensions of a house, the student will calculate the floor area, to an accuracy of 100%.
    9. Given a lumber size and quantity, the student will calculate the board feet, to an accuracy of 100%.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify abbreviations and symbols used on construction working drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of symbols, the student will identify wood siding, brick, glass, concrete, and insulation, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a set of symbols, the student will identify light fixtures, electrical plugs, plumbing fixtures, and kitchen appliances, to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given a set of pictures, the student will identify the footings, studs, headers, joists, and rafters, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the proper terminology in building construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of questions, the student will identify the cripple, collar beam, area way, batten, cant board, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a set of questions, the student will identify the gusset, hearth, grounds, dead load, fenestration, and frieze, to an accuracy of 70%.
    3. Given a set of questions, the student will identify the soffit, ridge, truss, mullion, pilaster, rake, and purlin, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to interpret dimensions and dimension symbols on working drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a set of working drawings, the student will identify the overall sizes of a house, to an accuracy of 100%.
    2. Given a set of working drawings, the student will identify the size and spacing of the ceiling joists, to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given a set of working drawings, the student will identify the types and sizes of the windows and doors, to an accuracy of 100%.
    4. Given a set of working drawings, the student will identify the slope of the roof areas, to an accuracy of 100%.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the construction components of a roof overhang detail.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the cross section of a roof overhang detail, the student will identify the rafter, fascia, soffit, vent, lookout, ceiling joist, and frieze board, to an accuracy of 70%.

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to describe a functional and safe fireplace with a chimney.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the cross section of a fireplace detail, the student will identify the smoke shelf, flue lining, mantle, damper, throat, combustion chamber, and hearth, to an accuracy of 70%.
    2. Given a fireplace opening size, the student will calculate the cross sectional area of the flue, to an accuracy of 100%.
    3. Given a fireplace opening size, the student will calculate the height and size of the hearth, to an accuracy of 100%.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to the course reading scales and dimensions
    2. Review of Construction Math Meaning of Lines on Drawings
    3. Symbols used on working drawings abbreviations used on working drawings
    4. Plot plans foundation plans
    5. Floor plans
    6. Frame construction
    7. Elevations, windows and doors sections and details
    8. Fireplace, stairs and trim details
    9. Finish schedules interior elevations
    10. Electrical plans plumbing plans
    11. Roof framing (conventional)
    12. Roof Framing (Trusses)
    13. Heating and cooling plans
    14. Specifications

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CNST 1150 - Commercial Construction

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATBC 1150)

    Study of blueprints of commercial, industrial, or institutional structures. Special emphasis on interpretation of details as they relate to construction problems.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify symbols used on working drawings related to commercial construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify material symbols and partition symbols.
    2. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify electrical outlets and switch outlets.
    3. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify plumbing symbols.
    4. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify HVAC symbols.
    5. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify weld symbols.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the structural members of steel-frame construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify wide-flange beams.
    2. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify S-section beams.
    3. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify channels, angles, and tees.
    4. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify tube steel.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the types of blocks used in masonry construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify stretcher block.
    2. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify concrete masonry units.
    3. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify lintel blocks.
    4. Given a typical set of commercial construction documents, the student will identify bond beam blocks.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify different foundation support systems related to commercial construction.

    Objectives:

    1. Given drawings with text support, the student will identify footings.
    2. Given drawings with text support, the student will identify foundation walls.
    3. Given drawings with text support, the student will identify grade beams.
    4. Given drawings with text support, the student will identify piles and caissons.
    5. Given a drawing with text support, the student will identify a slab on grade.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction to the course
    2. Architectural abbreviations, architectural calculations, formulas
    3. Section symbols and site plans
    4. Building foundations, reinforced - concrete construction
    5. Steel-frame construction and steel trusses
    6. Structural steel shop drawings
    7. Schedules Stairs and Elevators
    8. Masonry construction
    9. Pre-stressed concrete construction, pre-cast concrete construction, and lift-slab and tilt-up construction
    10. Fire protection and reading drawings for a steel-frame building
    11. Reading drawings for a reinforced concrete building
    12. Reading drawings for a commercial building

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CNST 1160 - Construction Cost Estimating

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATBC 1160)

    A study of methods and procedures that are currently used to perform a construction estimate. Course includes examination of plans and specifications, outlining of material takeoff methods, and labor pricing schedules.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine cost estimates for a residential project.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given a text book, the student will identify construction costs based on square foot cost by class and building type, to an accuracy of 75%.
    2. Given a text book, the student will identify construction costs based on building systems, to an accuracy of 75%.
    3. Given a text book, the student will identify construction costs based by unit price, to an accuracy of 75%.
    4. Given a text book, the student will identify construction costs based by assemblies costs, to an accuracy of 75%.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to document different building construction systems and research costs for these systems.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given a text book, the student will compare product costs from the text with actual local suppliers, to an accuracy of 75%.
    2. Given a text book, the student will identify bare costs, overhead and profit, and general requirements, to an accuracy of 75%.
    3. Given a construction print, the student will demolition and additional costs, to an accuracy of 75%.
    4. The student will research trade specialists and their labor costs, to an accuracy of 75%.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to determine various building components.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given a text book and a set of construction prints, the student will identify various foundations, to an accuracy of 75%.
    2. Given a text book and a set of construction prints, the student will identify various floor framing construction, to an accuracy of 75%.
    3. Given a text book and a set of construction prints, the student will identify various wall framing construction, to an accuracy of 75%.
    4. Given a text book and a set of construction prints, the student will identify various roof framing construction, to an accuracy of 75%.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to complete an entire cost estimate for a residential building.

    Objectives: 

    1. Given a set of construction documents, the student will research the CSI divisions. 
    2. Given a set of construction documents, the student will create a cost estimate for a residential project, to an accuracy of 75%. 
    3. Given a set of construction documents and results of a completed project, the student will work out a comparison of the estimate with actual cost for a residential project.
    4. Students will work in groups toward a final classroom team project. 

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
    2. Residential Square Foot Cost
    3. Site Work
    4. Site Construction
    5. Foundations
    6. Concrete and Masonry
    7. Framing
    8. Wood and Plastics
    9. Exterior Walls
    10. Metals
    11. Roofing
    12. Thermal and Moisture Protection
    13. Interiors
    14. Doors and Windows
    15. Specialties and Equipment
    16. Electrical

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CNST 2110 - Applied Building Construction

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly DRAD 2110)

    This course acquaints the student with terminology, methods, procedures, materials, sequences of operation, types of construction, and planning involved in construction of buildings.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify terms used in the construction industry.

    Objectives:

    1. Define construction terms.
    2. Describe softwood characteristics.
    3. Describe hardwood characteristics.
    4. Identify sawed lumber.
    5. Identify engineered lumber.
    6. Identify wood sheet products.

    Outcome 2
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to use tools in the construction industry.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify hand tools.
    2. Identify power tools.
    3. Identify leveling and layout tools.
    4. Use specified hand tools.
    5. Use specified power tools.

    Outcome 3
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate approved safety practices.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe general safety rules.
    2. Use safety glasses when cutting.
    3. Read approved safety information for each tool.

    Outcome 4
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to read and interpret residential drawings.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify foundation plans.
    2. Interpret floor plans.
    3. Recognize wall sections.
    4. Interpret elevations.
    5. Define specifications.

    Outcome 5
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to work together in groups to build a model of a residential building.

    Objectives:

    1. Construct footings.
    2. Construction foundations.
    3. Construct floors.
    4. Construct walls.
    5. Construct roofs.

    Outcome 6
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to estimate quantities of materials needed to complete building projects.

    Objectives:

    1. Calculate board feet.
    2. Calculate square footage.
    3. Calculate amount of concrete needed.

    Outcome 7
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify different types of construction with emphasis placed on wood.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify residential foundation systems.
    2. Assemble residential floors systems.
    3. Translate residential wall systems.
    4. Assemble residential roof systems.

    Outcome 8
    Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the sequences of operations in building a residential structure.

    Objectives:

    1. Use of a story pole.
    2. Layout of building on property.
    3. Use batter boards.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    SESSION CONTENT ASSIGNMENT
      UNIT 1 - Getting Started  
    1.1 LEC    
    2.1 LEC Orientation, General Information Obtain Book / Begin Reading
         
      UNIT 2 - Preparing to Build  
    3.1 LEC
    3.2 LAB
    Building Materials, Job Site Safety, Hand Tools, Power Tools
    Deconstruction
    ‘Test Your Knowledge’
    Chapters 1, 2, 4, 5, 31
    4.1 LEC
    4.2 LAB
    Plans, Specifications, Codes & Life Safety
    Deconstruction
    ‘Test Your Knowledge’; Chapter 3
         
      UNIT 3 - Foundations  
    5.1 LEC
    5.2 LAB
    Building Layout
    Building Layout Exercise
    QUIZ - Unit 2 Preparing To Build
    Test Your Knowledge’; Chapter 6
    6.1 LEC
    6.2 LAB
    Foundations
    Masonry / Block Wall Construction - Demonstration
    Test Your Knowledge’; Chapter 7
    7.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Building Layout / Footing Construction Chapter 8
    8.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Foundations  
         
      UNIT 4 - Floor Framing  
    9.1 LEC Floor Framing QUIZ - Unit 3 Foundations
    ‘Test Your Knowledge’; Chapter 8
    10.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Estimation, Layout & Construction  
    11.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Floor Construction  
         
      UNIT 5 - Wall and Ceiling Framing  
    12.1 LEC
    12.2 LAB
    Wall Framing
    CONSTRUCTION - Estimation, Layout & Construction
    QUIZ - Unit 4 Floor Framing
    Test Your Knowledge’; Chapters 9,11
    13.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Wall Framing  
    14.1 NO CLASS - THANKSGIVING BREAK  
    15.1 LAB CONSTRUCTION - Wall Framing QUIZ - Unit 5 Wall Framing
    Test Your Knowledge’; Chapters 12
         
      UNIT 6 - Roof Framing  
    16.1 LEC
    16.2 LAB
    Roof Framing
    CONSTRUCTION - Roof Framing Layout
     
    17.1 FINAL EXAM / COMPLETE STRUCTURE FINAL EXAM

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CNST 2600 - Builder’s Pre-License 2-Construction Law

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly ATBC 2600)

    A study of contracts, the Michigan builder’s licensing statute, mechanic’s liens, real estate law, warranties, construction financing, and taxes designed to introduce the student to the areas of the law he should be familiar with in the construction industry. Contains material that will help the student prepare to take the Michigan Residential Builders License Examination.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify and answer typical questions as may be used on the State of Michigan Builders Licensing Exam.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an overview of Articles 1 through 6 of the Occupational Code Act 299, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    2. Given an overview of Article 24 of the Occupational Code Act 299, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    3. Given an overview of the Administrative Rules of the Occupational Code Act 299, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    4. Given an overview of the Michigan Construction Code, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    5. Given an overview of Marketing and Sales, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    6. Given an overview of the Michigan Construction Safety Standards, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.
    7. Given an overview of MIOSHA Safety Rules pertaining to personal protective equipment, scaffolds, fixed and portable ladders, aerial work platforms, guarding of walking and work areas, masonry wall bracing, excavation, trenching and shoring, lifting and digging equipment, Right to Know/Hazard communication, fall protection, electrical installation, tools, demolition, signals, signs, tags and barriers, the student will answer questions as may be used on the builder’s exam.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the key elements of construction finances.

    Objectives:

    1. Given the appropriate current construction cost data and taking into consideration profit margins, supplier and sub contractor costs and scheduling, the student will estimate projects using estimating formulas and calculations.
    2. Given an overview of accounting principles, the student will review business plans, balance sheets, profit and loss statements and identify basic bookkeeping principles.
    3. Given the principles of risk management, the student will determine the various methods of collections used to satisfy a debt.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify the key elements of contracting entities and construction law.

    Objectives:

    1. Given an overview of business management, the student will identify various business organizations and management structures.
    2. Given principles of marketing and sales, the student will answer questions pertaining to marketing, licensure requirements and the responsibilities of a salesperson, and compliance requirements of the Home Solicitation Sales Act.
    3. Given an overview of liability, the student will answer questions pertaining to work related injuries and Workers Compensation.
    4. Given the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC), the student will identify the classification of contracts and the principle elements for a contract.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Course Introduction
    2. Jurisdiction and Filing Venue
    3. Elements of a Contract
    4. Agents
    5. Tort Law
    6. Debt Collection
    7. Balance Sheets, Profit and Loss Statements
    8. Job Estimates
    9. Michigan Construction Code
    10. Michigan Real Estate Law
    11. Occupational Code

    Primary Faculty
    Grant, Janice
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Pawlowski, Timothy
    Dean
    Hutchison, Donald



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088


Culinary Arts

  
  • CULH 1050 - Culinary Techniques

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: None

    Corequisites: CULH 1155  

    CULH 1050 introduces students to the kitchen or “back of the house” operations. Students gain competence in culinary terms, equipment and utensil use, mise en place, sauces, stocks, soups, thickening agents, vegetables, potato/starch products, and pasta products. Students cook under the guidance of a chef-instructor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply basic Sanitation and Safety practices in a lab setting.

    Objectives:

    1. Outline acceptable procedures when preparing potentially hazardous foods to include time/temperature principles.
    2. Demonstrate good personal hygiene and health habits
    3. Outline requirements for proper receiving and storage of both raw and prepared foods.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply basic business and math skills

    Objectives:

    1. Perform basic math functions to include fractions, weights, and measurements.
    2. Demonstrate competency of scaling, measuring, and weighing ingredients with a portion scale.
    3. Evaluate the components and functions of a standardized recipe.
    4. Convert recipes using a yield formula to increase and decrease quantities.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate proficiency in using knives and small wares to achieve professional quality result when producing classical knife cuts used in various food preparation and cooking.

    Objectieves:

    1. Demonstrate the use of chef’s knife in preparing classical knife cuts
    2. Demonstrate zesting and segmenting fruit.
    3. Demonstrate dicing and mincing
    4. Demonstrate the use of a mandolin

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define mise en place and demonstrate a combination of organizational skills, preparedness, and timing when it comes to food preparation, cooking, and serving.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate how to properly set up an organized work station.
    2. Demonstrate how to properly prepare recipe in a timely manner.
    3. Demonstrate how to properly plate food in a lab setting.

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be to describe the process for all the cooking techniques used in moist, dry, and combination cooking methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe the moist heat cooking methods
    2. Describe the dry heat cooking methods
    3. Describe the combination cooking methods

    Outcome 6: Upon completion of this course, students will define, describe, and demonstrate the process for making classical stocks, soups, and mother and compound sauces.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare classical stocks
    2. Prepare a variety of soups
    3. Prepare each of the five mother sauces
    4. Prepare a variety of compound sauces from mother sauces.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
     

    1. Introduction
    2. Professionalism
    3. Tools and Equipment
    4. Knife Skills
    5. Kitchen Staples
    6. Principles of Cooking
    7. Stocks and Sauces
    8. Soups
    9. Vegetables
    10. Potatoes and Vegetables
    11. Pastas
    12. Knife Skills Test

    Primary Faculty
    O’Farrell, Scott
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Evans-Mach, Patrick
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CULH 1155 - Sanitation

    Credit Hours: 2.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CULH 1150)

    CULH 1155 is designed for supervisory personnel in Michigan food service establishments. Course content includes basic microbiology, safe food handling techniques, good hygienic practices, pest control, employee training, and the Michigan State law governing food service establishments. Upon successful completion, a student may earn Educational Foundation Certification credits for the National Restaurant Association ManageFirst(TM) program, and also satisfy a certification requirement for the American Culinary Federation.

    Billable Contact Hours: 2

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify causes of food-borne illnesses.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe microorganisms, their requirements and methods for growth.
    2. Recognize signs of food spoilage and contamination
    3. Define the Hazard Analysis Critical Control Point (HACCP) for all food handling processes.
    4. Implement food spoilage prevention methods

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate acceptable procedures when preparing potentially hazardous foods.

    Objectives:

    1. Differentiate temperature requirements and variances
    2. Identify time restrictions for exposure
    3. Exhibit good personal hygiene and health habits

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify sustainable practices and methods.

    Objectives:

    1. Implement proper methods of waste disposal
    2. Determine opportunities for recycling.
    3. Describe appropriate measures for insect, rodent, and pest control

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to demonstrate appropriate emergency policies for kitchen and dining room.

    Objectives:

    1. Describe appropriate types and uses of fire extinguishers in a foodservice area.
    2. Define blood-born pathogen risks, prevention, and sanitation

     

    Outcome 5: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to apply the laws and rules of the regulatory agencies governing sanitation and safety in a foodservice operation.

    Objectives:

    1. Define OSHA regulations
    2. Explain NSF criteria
    3. Practice ADA compliancy
    4. Utilize Safety Data Sheets (SDS) when handling hazardous materials
    5. Discuss right-to-know laws

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE
    Session and Topic:

    1. Introduction to food safety and the importance of safe food handling
    2. PIC (Person in Charge) is defined and discussed; staff training methods are identified
    3. Food borne illnesses; disease causing organisms
    4. Personal hygiene
    5. Food sources; reputable and reliable suppliers
    6. Food preparation (risk factors of food holding and cooking temperatures)
    7. Active managerial control and HACCP (Hazard Analysis & Critical Control Points); eliminating hazards of food borne illness
    8. Mid-term exam
    9. Develop a specific SOP (Standard Operating Procedure) in the event of a specific emergency
    10. Tour a kitchen looking at the design components
    11. Proper pest control and elimination techniques
    12. Michigan Food Law, ACT 92 of the P.A. of 200 as amended
    13. Final Exam
    14. Students take the ServSafe Exam

    Primary Faculty
    O’Farrell, Scott
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Evans-Mach, Patrick
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CULH 1255 - Table Service

    Credit Hours: 3.00


    Prerequisites: None

    (formerly CULH 1250)

    CULH 1255 introduces students to the dining room or “front-of-the-house” operations. By performing duties in the Center Stage restaurant, students gain competence in dining room operations and table service techniques.

    Billable Contact Hours: 4

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate dining room operation and table service techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate beverage service skills.
    2. Distinguish between various table service styles.
    3. Operate POS (Point Of Sale) computer system

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to identify safety and sanitation techniques.

    Objectives:

    1. Use proper hand washing techniques.
    2. Use barrier system to avoid cross contamination, to include dishware and glassware handling.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate knowledge of dining room set-up.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper table and chair set-up.
    2. Demonstrate proper table cloth placement.
    3. Demonstrate a proper table setting, including
      1. Center condiment set-up.
      2. Flatware placement.
      3. Glassware placement.
      4. Dishware placement.
      5. Various napkin folds.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to demonstrate professional conduct in a dining room service setting.

    Objectives:

    1. Demonstrate proper appearance.
    2. Greet guests appropriately.
    3. Take guest order accurately and appropriately.
    4. Serve beverage accurately and appropriately.
    5. Serve/clear first course accurately and appropriately.
    6. Serve/clear entrée order accurately and appropriately.
    7. Serve/clear dessert course order accurately and appropriately.
    8. Present guest with check order accurately and appropriately.

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Department rules/5 Cardinal Rules
    2. Safety/sanitation overview/server/Aloha basics/demo
    3. American Service Basics/service demo
    4. American table service/dining room preparation
    5. Dining room preparation/side work/tray handling
    6. Dining room service/meal service
    7. Meal service
    8. Computer systems
    9. Service styles; French, Russian, English
    10. Banquets, family style, smorgasbords
    11. Wine/champagne service
    12. Bar service and alcohol management 
    13. Class lunch at fine dining restaurant

    Primary Faculty
    Pusta, Heather
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Evans-Mach, Patrick
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

  
  • CULH 1310 - Culinary Skills Development

    Credit Hours: 4.00


    Prerequisites: CULH 1050  and CULH 1155  all with grade C or better and ServSafe certificate

    CULH 1310 gives students a basic understanding of “back of the house” operations. It teaches the processing of meats, poultry, and seafood as well as pantry, breakfast preparation, and hot and cold hors d’oeuvres. Students cook under the guidance of a chef-instructor.

    Billable Contact Hours: 6

    Search for Sections
    OUTCOMES AND OBJECTIVES
    Outcome 1: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to identify, describe, and utilize herbs, spices, and seasonings by themselves and in a combination that exemplify national and international cooking medians.

    Objectives:

    1. Prepare an example of a spice rub.
    2. Prepare an example of a dried and fresh spice blend.
    3. Utilize a spice blend or herb blend in a culinary preparation.
    4. Assess student’s knowledge in herb and spice identification and usage.

    Outcome 2: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to define and describe the process for all the cooking techniques used in moist, dry, and combination cooking methods to include:  steam, poach, simmer, boil, deep fry, sauté, pan-fry, grill, roast, poêle, stew, and braise.

    Objectives:

    1. Students will be able to prepare and cook a variety of proteins (including beef, chicken, pork, fish, game, lamb, and veal), vegetables, legumes, grains, and starches using moist, dry, and combination cooking methods.
      1. Moist heat methods to include steam, deep and shallow poach, simmer, and boil.
      2. Dry heat methods to include deep fry, sauté, pan fry, grill, and roast.
      3. Combination cooking methods to include poêle, stew, and braise.
      4. Using all moist, dry and combination cooking methods prepare proteins using chicken, beef, lamb, veal, fish, and wild game.
      5. Using all moist, dry, and combination cooking methods prepare a variety of rice (pilaf method and risotto method), wild rice, jasmine, and sushi.
      6.  Using all moist, dry, and combination cooking methods prepare a variety of potato dishes.
      7. Using all moist, dry, and combination cooking methods prepare a variety of vegetables dishes.
      8. Using all moist, dry, and combination cooking methods prepare a variety of grain dishes.
    2. Define, prepare, cook, evaluate, and assess breakfast items:
      1. Prepare eggs in the following ways: scrambles, over-easy, Sunnyside up, poached, and baked (custard or strata).
      2. Prepare a French and American style omelet and an open-faced omelet (frittata).
      3. Prepare a custard.
      4. Prepare a breakfast style potato to include one of the following: hash browns, Lyonnaise, O’Brien, home fries, potato pancakes.

    Outcome 3: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to compose Salads and Dressings.

    Objectives:

    1. Identify the basic types of salads and their uses in the modern menu.
    2. Define basic types of salad dressings and produce a variety of salad dressings including emulsified, dairy based, vinaigrette, and coulis.
    3. Produce mixed green, composed, entrée, protein, starch, and fruit salad.

    Outcome 4: Upon completion of this course, students will be able to execute Canapés, Hors d’oeuvres, and Appetizers.

    Objectives:

    1. Explain the history and defining characteristics of hors d’oeuvre, canapé, and appetizer, as well as give examples of each.
    2. Produce an assortment of both hot and cold varieties of canapes, hors d’oeuvres, and appetizers. 

    COMMON DEGREE OUTCOMES (CDO)
    • Communication: The graduate can communicate effectively for the intended purpose and audience.
    • Critical Thinking: The graduate can make informed decisions after analyzing information or evidence related to the issue.
    • Global Literacy: The graduate can analyze human behavior or experiences through cultural, social, political, or economic perspectives.
    • Information Literacy: The graduate can responsibly use information gathered from a variety of formats in order to complete a task.
    • Quantitative Reasoning: The graduate can apply quantitative methods or evidence to solve problems or make judgments.
    • Scientific Literacy: The graduate can produce or interpret scientific information presented in a variety of formats.

    CDO marked YES apply to this course:
    Communication: YES
    Critical Thinking: YES
    Global Literacy: YES
    Information Literacy: YES
    Quantitative Reasoning: YES
    Scientific Literacy: YES

    COURSE CONTENT OUTLINE

    1. Introduction
    2. Salads and Salad Dressings
    3. Hors d’oeuvres and Appetizers
    4. Eggs Breakfast and Brunch
    5. Principles of Meat Cookery
    6. Beef
    7. Beef/Veal
    8. Veal
    9. Lamb/Pork
    10. Poultry
    11. Poultry/Game
    12. Fish
    13. Shellfish
    14. Plate Presentation
    15. Mystery Basket
    16. Clean-up and Review
    17. Final Exam

    Primary Faculty
    O’Farrell, Scott
    Secondary Faculty

    Associate Dean
    Evans-Mach, Patrick
    Dean
    Balsamo, Michael



    Official Course Syllabus - Macomb Community College, 14500 E 12 Mile Road, Warren, MI 48088

 

Page: 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 | 9 | 10